Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / McKesson

McKesson

mck · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker mck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · McKesson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009

McKesson Corporation

One Post Street

San Francisco, CA 94104  

www.mckesson.com

© 2009 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved. CORP-02161-06-09

Positioned for Continued Success

McKesson Corporation

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 CORPORATE OFFICERS

COMMON STOCK

The coming years will bring significant change to
healthcare, and we are uniquely positioned to make 
a difference while creating superior results for our
customers, our suppliers, and our stockholders.

FINANCIAL RESULTS

REVENUES ( in billions)

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE*

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

$106.6

2009

$4.07

$101.7

2008

$3.31

$93.0

2007

$2.71

$87.0

2006

$2.48

$79.1

2005

$2.19

* Diluted earnings per share excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits). For supplemental

financial data and corresponding reconciliations to accounting standards generally accepted in the
United States (“GAAP”), see Appendix A to our 2009 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be
viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with
GAAP.

John H. Hammergren 

Chairman, President and 

Chief Executive Officer, 

McKesson Corporation

  Andy D. Bryant

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Administrative Officer,

Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd

Senior Counsel,

Goodwin Proctor LLP

Alton F. Irby III

Chairman and Founding Partner,

London Bay Capital

M. Christine Jacobs

Chairman of the Board, President

and Chief Executive Officer,

Theragenics Corporation

Marie L. Knowles

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial Officer, Retired,

Atlantic Richfield Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D. 

Chairman of the Board and Chief

Executive Officer, Retired, Kaiser

Foundation Health Plan, Inc., 

and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals  

Edward A. Mueller

Chairman of the Board and 

Chief Executive Officer, 

Qwest Communications

International Inc.

James V. Napier

Chairman of the Board, Retired,

Scientific-Atlanta, Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.

Chairman of the Board and 

Chief Executive Officer, Retired,

Aerogen, Inc. 

John H. Hammergren

Chairman, President and 

Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey C. Campbell

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Jorge L. Figueredo

Executive Vice President, 

Human Resources

Paul C. Julian

Executive Vice President,

Group President

Nicholas A. Loiacono

Vice President and Treasurer

Marc E. Owen

Executive Vice President,

Corporate Strategy and 

Business Development

Laureen E. Seeger

Executive Vice President, 

General Counsel and Secretary

Randall N. Spratt

Executive Vice President, 

Chief Information Officer and

Chief Technology Officer 

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock

Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables 

carried by most newspapers.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

BNY MELLON Shareowner Services, 480 Washington Boulevard, Newport

Office Center VII, 29th Floor, Jersey City, NJ 07310 acts as transfer agent,

registrar, dividend-paying agent, and dividend reinvestment plan agent

for McKesson Corporation stock and maintains all registered stockholder

records for the Company. For information about McKesson Corporation

stock or to request replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certificates,

or 1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend check deposited directly into 

your checking or savings account, stockholders may call BNY MELLON

Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 216-0306,

weekdays 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., ET. For the hearing impaired call 

(888) 269-5221. BNY MELLON Shareowner Services also has a Web site

that stockholders may use 24 hours a day to request account information:

http://www.melloninvestor.com/isd

offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common

stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in an

individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan is held in book entry at the

Company’s transfer agent, BNY MELLON Shareowner Services. For more

information, or to request an enrollment form, call BNY MELLON

Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 216-0306.

From outside the United States, call +1-212-815-3700.

ANNUAL MEETING

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held 

at 8:30 a.m., PDT, on Wednesday, July 22, 2009, at the A.P. Giannini

Auditorium, 555 California Street, San Francisco, California.

Nigel A. Rees

Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, April,

Vice President and Controller

July, and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

To Our Stockholders:

McKesson performed very well in fiscal year 2009,
despite the severe economic downturn. We grew
revenues 5% to a record $106.6 billion and
responded to the economic crisis with foresight
and discipline to extend our track record of out-
standing financial results.

Our ability to navigate the challenging environment underscores the

strength of our Company and the markets we serve. While not immune to

the short-term effects of this downturn, most of our businesses executed

extremely well, and I continue to be very optimistic about our long-term

prospects due to our leadership in an attractive industry.

Our Distribution Solutions segment, which includes the largest pharma-

ceutical wholesale business in North America, is a tremendous generator of

cash and a solid performer. In Technology Solutions, we have one of the

broadest, most diversified healthcare information technology businesses in

the United States.

Extending Our Legacy of Strong Performance 

In the Annual Report that follows this letter, you will find details of our 

fiscal year 2009 results by business and customer segment. The following

are a few highlights that illustrate the progress we made across the 

Company last year:

(cid:129) Executed a balanced capital deployment strategy to

create additional stockholder value. We generated $1.4
billion in operating cash, ending the year with a cash
balance of more than $2.1 billion. Though we slowed
our capital deployment due to the economic environ-
ment, we repurchased $484 million of McKesson stock,
committed $358 million to strategic acquisitions, made
$392 million in internal capital investments, and paid
stockholders $116 million in dividends.

(cid:129) Renewed key customer accounts and expanded our 
solution footprint. We retained all of our national
retail pharmacy customers, who increasingly benefit
from our broad array of services, from pharmacy systems
and centralized fulfillment, to claims processing,
automation, and many other solutions designed 
to meet their specialized needs.

(cid:129) Built our lead in the generic pharmaceutical market.

In a year in which the generics market grew 6% accord-
ing to IMS Health, sales in the proprietary McKesson
OneStop Generics SM program rose 35%. This perform-
ance further supports our leadership in generics, which
account for more than 70% of all prescriptions written in
the United States.

(cid:129) Strengthened our relationships with suppliers, further

improving the stability and predictability of our earnings.
We have excellent relationships with pharmaceutical
manufacturers, and compensation under our agreements
with our supplier partners showed a solid increase
year-over-year. 

(cid:129) Took key steps to expand in higher-margin segments.
Our acquisition of regional distributor McQueary
Brothers helped us increase our market share in the
retail independent pharmacy market. Further, we 
continued to grow our Health Mart ® franchise, which 
is now one of the largest pharmacy networks in the
United States, numbering more than 2,000 stores.

(cid:129) Enhanced our competitive position in Canada.

We continued to extend our market leadership in
Canada with our banner strategy, which allows inde-
pendent pharmacies to remain independently owned
while achieving the scale and benefits of a larger 
chain. We also took advantage of McKesson’s global
purchasing scale to deliver value to customers and
improve margins in our Canadian distribution business.

(cid:129) Used our distribution infrastructure and expertise to 
expand into adjacent markets. With the launch of
McKesson Plasma and Biologics, we are  now providing
plasma and related biologic products to our hospital,
specialty pharmacy, and physician practice customers,
creating new opportunities for our distribution business.

(cid:129)  Expanded our position in the fast-growing specialty

marketplace. We completed the integration of
McKesson Specialty Care Solutions and Oncology
Therapeutics Network, positioning McKesson as one 
of the leading distributors in the rapidly growing 
specialty-biotech marketplace.

(cid:129) Leveraged our solid base of stable and recurring rev-
enues in Technology Solutions to mitigate the effects of
the slowing economy. The steady subscription revenues
we receive from our payor customers, our RelayHealth®
connectivity business, and our revenue cycle outsourcing
business helped mitigate the impact of the economic
slowdown on this business. Additionally, with our large
customer base, we were able to generate stable rev-
enues from maintenance on our installed solutions.

(cid:129)  Continued to create new growth opportunities through
innovation. We filed patent applications for 75 inventions
in fiscal year 2009. Each of these innovations is designed
to advance the success of our customers, while creating
new revenue opportunities for McKesson.

Navigating Short-Term Challenges
While we clearly saw many highlights in fiscal year
2009, we began to feel the effects of the worsening
economy last fall, as did most companies in healthcare
and other industries. These effects included delayed
technology purchases by some customers and a general
easing of growth rates across the industry as the year
progressed. We responded to these developments by
managing expenses in disciplined and innovative ways,
including cost containment initiatives and our Global
Sourcing program, where we coordinate and optimize
purchasing across our various businesses and geogra-
phic locations.

Over the past fiscal year, we also addressed a challenge
unrelated to the economic climate. Last November, we
agreed to settle all private-party claims relating to First
DataBank’s published drug reimbursement benchmarks,
commonly referred to as Average Wholesale Prices
(AWP). While we firmly believe we did nothing wrong in
this matter, we felt that given the inherent uncertainty 
of litigation, entering into the settlement agreement was
in the best interests of our stockholders, customers, 
suppliers, and employees.

Excluding the impact of the AWP litigation, McKesson
recorded diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $4.07 in fis-
cal year 2009, an increase of 23% from the prior year,
and the first time we have ever reported EPS from contin-
uing operations above $4.00. Reaching this milestone in a
challenging economic climate is particularly significant.

Seizing the Long-Term Opportunities
I continue to be extremely optimistic about the future of
our business. There are many trends favoring healthcare
today, none more significant than the movement toward
healthcare reform in the United States. While many 
decisions are still to come, the current debate is focused
on expanding access, while improving the quality and
lowering the cost of healthcare. All of these trends create
great opportunities for McKesson. 

For starters, the stimulus bill proposed by President
Obama’s administration and passed by the U.S. Congress
contains $19 billion in incentives for the adoption of
healthcare information technology (HIT) solutions. The
government and industry leaders have advocated a wider
use of HIT for years, and it is exciting to see meaningful
funding pledged to this effort. McKesson not only has
the technology solutions our customers need to improve
the quality and efficiency of care, we also stand ready to
help them navigate the process of qualifying to receive
stimulus funds.

Another tenet of President Obama’s healthcare plan aims
to provide care to the estimated 47 million uninsured
Americans. This is a much tougher problem to solve, but
the direction of change clearly points toward a larger
healthcare marketplace. As a leading provider of health-
care services and information technology, we are well
positioned to benefit from an increased focus on health
and wellness in the United States, and across the globe.

Summary and Outlook  
On balance, I am very pleased with McKesson’s perform-
ance in fiscal year 2009. Our ability to achieve our financial
goals in the midst of significant economic turmoil is a
testament to our unwavering focus on the success of
our customers, the quality of our management team,
the strength of our products and services, our financial
stability, and the hard work and dedication of our
employees worldwide.

I am disappointed, however, that our strong financial 
performance in fiscal year 2009 was not reflected in
the returns generated for our stockholders. While some
short-term headwinds are driving a moderated view 
of growth prospects for fiscal year 2010, the long-term
fundamentals of our business are as strong as ever, 
and I’m confident that we’ll manage through the 
current economic downturn and continue our industry-
leading performance.

The coming years will bring significant change to health-
care, and we are uniquely qualified to make a difference
through our unparalleled capabilities, longstanding 
customer relationships, and strong competitive position 
in the markets we serve. We are helping to transform a
fragmented industry into a more connected system,
where healthcare is higher quality, more efficient, more
personalized, and ultimately, more human. 

Through this pursuit, we will continue to create excep-
tional value for our customers, our suppliers, and you,
our stockholders. On behalf of the board of directors and
McKesson’s 32,500 employees worldwide, I thank you
for your confidence and continued support.

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
McKesson Corporation

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K 

(cid:95)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 
OR

(cid:133)  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to ______

Commission File Number 1-13252 
McKESSON CORPORATION 
A Delaware Corporation 
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 
94-3207296 
McKesson Plaza 
One Post Street, San Francisco, CA 94104 
Telephone (415) 983-8300 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of Each Class) 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered) 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 

Securities Act.  Yes  (cid:95)     No  (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 

the Act.  Yes  (cid:133)     No  (cid:95)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  (cid:95)     
No  (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T 
(§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files).  Yes  (cid:133)     No  (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of 
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  (cid:95)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):   

Large accelerated filer  (cid:95)
Non-accelerated filer  (cid:133)
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer  (cid:133)
Smaller reporting company  (cid:133)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Act).   

Yes (cid:133)     No  (cid:95)

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, 
computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter, September 2008, was approximately $14.5 billion. 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding on April 30, 2009:  271,418,501. 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by 

reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

McKESSON CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item

Page

PART I 

1. 

Business...........................................................................................................................................  

1A. 

Risk Factors.....................................................................................................................................  

1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................  

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Properties.........................................................................................................................................  

Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................................  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .....................................................................  

Executive Officers of the Registrant ...............................................................................................  

PART II 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters,  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities and Stock Price Performance Graph....................................  

Selected Financial Data ...................................................................................................................  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  .........  

7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.........................................................  

8. 

9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...............................................................................  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..........  

9A. 

Controls and Procedures..................................................................................................................  

9B. 

Other Information............................................................................................................................  

PART III 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..............................................................  

Executive Compensation.................................................................................................................  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters.............................................................................................................................................  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .................................  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services .........................................................................................  

PART IV 

15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.....................................................................................  

Signatures........................................................................................................................................  

2

3

10

10

10

10

11

11

12

13

14

14

14

14

14

14

15

15

15

17

17

18

19

 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

General

McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar pronouns), is 
a  Fortune  15  corporation  providing  supply,  information  and  care  management  products  and  services  designed  to 
reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. 

The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all references in 

this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

Our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act,”) are available free of charge on our Web site (www.mckesson.com under 
the “Investors – SEC Filings” caption) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material 
with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”).  The content on any 
Web site referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this report, unless 
expressly noted otherwise. 

Business Segments 

We operate in two segments.  The McKesson Distribution Solutions segment distributes ethical and proprietary 
drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and  equipment,  and  health  and  beauty  care  products  throughout  North  America.  
This segment also provides specialty pharmaceutical solutions for biotech and pharmaceutical manufacturers, sells 
pharmacy software and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services.  This segment includes a 49% interest 
in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), one of the leading pharmaceutical distributors in Mexico and a 39% interest in 
Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”), which sells automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to 
retail and institutional outpatient pharmacies. 

The McKesson Technology Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply 
chain,  and  strategic  management  software  solutions,  pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity, 
outsourcing  and  other  services.    Our  Payor  group  of  businesses,  which  includes  our  InterQual®,  clinical  auditing 
and compliance and medical management software businesses and our care management programs, are also included 
in this segment.  The segment’s customers include hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and 
payors from North America, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Asia Pacific.   

Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows: 

(Dollars in billions) 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Distribution Solutions 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  103.6
3.0

97% $  98.7 
3.0 

3 

97%  $ 

3 

$  106.6 100% $  101.7  100%  $

98% 
2 

90.7
2.3
93.0 100% 

McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  consists  of  the  following  businesses:  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution, 
McKesson  Canada,  Medical-Surgical  Distribution,  McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation  and  McKesson 
Specialty Care Solutions.  This segment also includes our 49% interest in Nadro and 39% interest in Parata.  

3

 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution:    This  business  supplies  pharmaceuticals  and  other  healthcare-related 
products  to  customers  in  three  primary  customer  segments:  1)  retail  national  accounts  (including  national  and 
regional  chains,  food/drug  combinations,  mail  order  pharmacies  and  mass  merchandisers);  2)  independent  retail 
pharmacies;  and  3)  institutional  healthcare  providers  (including  hospitals,  health  systems,  integrated  delivery 
networks, clinics and long-term care providers). 

Our  U.S. pharmaceutical  distribution business  operates  and serves  thousands  of  customer  locations through  a 
network of 29 distribution centers, as well as a master redistribution center, a strategic redistribution center and two 
repackaging facilities, serving all 50 states and Puerto Rico.  We invest in technology and other systems at all of our 
distribution  centers  to  enhance  safety,  reliability  and  provide  the  best  product  availability  for  our  customers.    For 
example,  in  all  of  our  distribution  centers  we  use  Acumax®  Plus,  a  Smithsonian  award-winning  technology  that 
integrates  and  tracks  all  internal  inventory-related  functions  such  as  receiving,  put-away  and  order  fulfillment.  
Acumax Plus uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted computer hardware and radio frequency signals to provide 
customers with real-time product availability and industry-leading order quality and fulfillment in excess of 99.9% 
adjusted  accuracy.    In  addition,  we  offer  Mobile  ManagerSM,  which  integrates  portable  handheld  technology  with 
Acumax  Plus  to  give  customers  complete  ordering  and  inventory  control.    We  also  offer  McKesson  Connect
(formerly Supply Management OnlineSM), an Internet-based ordering system that provides item lookup and real-time 
inventory  availability  as  well  as  ordering,  purchasing,  third-party  reconciliation  and  account  management 
functionality.    Together,  these  features  help  ensure  customers  have  the  right  products  at  the  right  time  for  their 
facilities and patients.   

To maximize distribution efficiency and effectiveness, we follow the Six Sigma methodology — an analytical 
approach  that  emphasizes  setting  high-quality  objectives,  collecting  data  and  analyzing  results  to  a  fine  degree  in 
order to improve processes, reduce costs and minimize errors.  We continue to implement information systems to 
help achieve greater consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers.   

The  major  offerings  of  the  McKesson  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  Distribution  business,  by  customer  group  can  be 

categorized as retail national accounts, independent retail pharmacies and institutional healthcare providers.   

Retail  National  Accounts  —  Business  solutions  that  help  national  account  customers  increase  revenues  and 

profitability:  

•

•

•

•

•

Central Fill — Prescription refill service that enables pharmacies to more quickly refill prescriptions remotely, 
more accurately and at a lower cost, while reducing inventory levels and improving customer service.   
Redistribution  Centers  —  Two  facilities  totaling  420  thousand  square  feet  that  offer  access  to  inventory  for 
single source warehouse purchasing, including pharmaceuticals and biologicals.  These distribution centers also 
provide the foundation for a two-tiered distribution network that supports best-in-class direct store delivery.   
EnterpriseRx™ — McKesson EnterpriseRx™ is a fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management 
solution  (Application  Service  Provider  model).    Built  utilizing  the  latest  technology,  EnterpriseRx  centralizes 
data,  reporting,  pricing  and  drug  updates,  providing  the  operational  control,  visibility  and  support  needed  to 
reduce costs and streamline administrative tasks.   
RxPakSM — Bulk-to-bottle repackaging service that leverages our purchasing scale and supplier relationships to 
provide pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, help increase inventory turns and reduce working capital investment.   
Inventory Management — An integrated solution comprising forecasting software and automated replenishment 
technologies that reduce inventory carrying costs.   

4

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Independent  Retail  Pharmacies  —  Solutions  for  managed  care  contracting,  branding  and  advertising, 
merchandising,  purchasing,  operational  efficiency  and  automation  that  help  independent  pharmacists  focus  on 
patient care while improving profitability:  

• Health Mart® —Health Mart® is a national network of more than 2,000 independently-owned pharmacies and 
is one of the industry’s most comprehensive pharmacy franchise programs.  Health Mart® provides franchisees 
with  managed  care  that  drives  Pharmacy  Benefit  Manager  recognition,  branding  that  drives  consumer 
recognition,  in-store  programs  that  drive  manufacturer  and  payor  recognition  and  community  advocacy 
programs that drive industry recognition.  Health Mart® helps franchisees grow their businesses by focusing on 
the three principles of successful retailing:  
− Attract new customers; 
− Maximize the value of current customers; and 
−

Enhance business efficiency. 

• AccessHealth®  —  Comprehensive  managed  care  and  reconciliation  assistance  services  that  help  independent 

pharmacies save time, access competitive reimbursement rates and improve cash flow.   

• McKesson  Reimbursement  Advantage  (“MRA”)  —  MRA  is  one  of  the  industry’s  most  comprehensive 
reimbursement optimization packages, comprising financial services (automated claim resubmission), analytic 
services and customer care.   

• McKesson OneStop Generics® — Generic pharmaceutical purchasing program that helps pharmacies maximize 

•

•

their cost savings with a broad selection of generic drugs, low pricing and one-stop shopping.   
Sunmark®  —  Complete  line  of  more  than  1,000  products  that  provide  retail  independent  pharmacies  with 
value-priced alternatives to national brands. 
FrontEdge™  —  Strategic  planning,  merchandising  and  price  maintenance  program  that  helps  independent 
pharmacies maximize store profitability.  

• McKesson Home Health Care — Comprehensive line of more than 1,800 home health care products, including 
durable medical equipment, diabetes supplies, self-care supplies and disposables from national brands and the 
Sunmark® line.   

Institutional Healthcare Providers — Electronic ordering/purchasing and supply chain management systems that 

help improve efficiencies, save labor and improve asset utilization:  

•

Fulfill-Rx™  —  Ordering  and  inventory  management  system  that  integrates  McKesson  pharmaceutical 
distribution  services  with  our  automation  solutions,  thus  empowering  hospitals  to  optimize  the  often 
complicated and disjointed processes related to unit-based cabinet replenishment and inventory management. 
• Asset Management — Award-winning inventory optimization and purchasing management program that helps 

•

institutional providers lower costs while ensuring product availability. 
SKY  Packaging  —  Blister-format  packaging  containing  the  most  widely  prescribed  dosages  and  strengths  in 
generic oral solid-medications.  SKY enables acute care, long-term care and institutional pharmacies to provide 
cost-effective, uniform packaging.  

• McKesson OneStop Generics® — The McKesson OneStop Generics program enables acute care pharmacies to 
capture  the  full  potential  of  purchasing  generic  pharmaceuticals.    The  Long-Term  Care  OneStop  Generics 
program allows a long-term care pharmacy to capture savings on generic purchases. 

• McKesson  340B  Manager  and  Easy340B  —  Solutions  that  help  providers  manage,  track,  and  report  on  the 

medication replenishment associated with the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. 

• High Performance Pharmacy — Framework that identifies and categorizes hospital pharmacy best practices to 
help  improve  clinical  outcomes  and  financial  results.    The  High  Performance  Pharmacy  Assessment  and 
Benchmarking tools enable hospital pharmacies to measure against comparable institutions and chart a step-by-
step path to high performance.   

5

McKESSON CORPORATION 

McKesson  Canada:    McKesson  Canada,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  is  one  of  the  largest  pharmaceutical 
distributors  in  Canada.    McKesson  Canada,  through  its  network  of  17  distribution  centers,  provides  logistics  and 
distribution  to  more  than  800  manufacturers  –  delivering  their  products  to  retail  pharmacies,  hospitals,  long-term 
care  centers,  clinics  and  institutions  throughout  Canada.    Beyond  pharmaceutical  distribution,  logistics  and  order 
fulfillment, McKesson Canada has automated over 2,500 retail pharmacies and is also active in hospital automation 
solutions,  dispensing  more  than  100  million  doses  each  year.    In  partnership  with  other  McKesson  businesses, 
McKesson  Canada  provides  a  full  range  of  services  to  Canadian  manufacturers  and  healthcare  providers, 
contributing to the quality and safety of care for Canadian patients.   

Medical–Surgical  Distribution:    Medical-Surgical  Distribution  provides  medical-surgical  supply  distribution, 
equipment,  logistics  and  other  services  to  healthcare  providers  including  physicians’  offices,  surgery  centers, 
extended care facilities, homecare and occupational health sites through a network of 29 distribution centers within 
the  U.S.    This  business  is  a  leading  provider  of  supplies  to  the  full  range  of  alternate-site  healthcare  facilities, 
including  physicians’  offices,  clinics  and  surgery  centers  (primary  care),  long-term  care,  occupational  health 
facilities and homecare sites (extended care).  Through a variety of technology products and services geared towards 
the  supply  chain,  our  Medical-Surgical  Distribution  business  is  focused  on  helping  its  customers  operate  more 
efficiently while providing one of the industry’s most extensive product offerings, including our own private label 
line.  This business also includes ZEE® Medical, one of the most extensive product offerings in the industry of first 
aid, safety and training solutions, providing services to industrial and commercial customers.  This business offers 
an extensive line of products and services aimed at maximizing productivity and minimizing the liability and cost 
associated with workplace illnesses and injuries.  

McKesson  Pharmacy  Systems  and  Automation:  This  business  supplies  integrated  pharmacy  management 
systems, automated dispensing systems and related services to retail, outpatient, central fill, specialty and mail order 
pharmacies.    We  also  own  a  39%  interest  in  Parata  which  sells  automated  pharmacy  and  supply  management 
systems and services to retail and institutional pharmacies. 

McKesson  Specialty  Care  Solutions:  This  business  provides  solutions  for  patients  with  complex  diseases  and 
advances  specialty  care  by  facilitating  collaboration  among  healthcare  providers,  drug  manufacturers  and  payors 
through our expertise in specialty drug reimbursement and patient access program development.  The business also 
supports manufacturers in product life cycle management as well as physicians and patients in gaining cost effective 
access to needed therapies.  McKesson Specialty Care Solutions facilitates direct-to-physician specialty distribution 
services ensuring specialty drugs are received in manufacturer recommended conditions.  This business also offers 
our industry leading Lynx® integrated technologies which help organizations improve reimbursement services and 
business efficiencies as well as clinical and patient support tools for improving safety and therapy adherence. 

Technology Solutions 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  software,  automation,  support  and 
services to help healthcare organizations improve quality and patient safety, reduce the cost and variability of care 
and better manage their resources and revenue stream.  This segment also includes our Payor group of businesses, 
which includes our InterQual®, clinical auditing and compliance software businesses and our disease and medical 
management programs.  This segment markets its products and services to integrated delivery networks, hospitals, 
physician practices, home healthcare providers, retail pharmacies and payors.  The segment sells its solutions and 
services internationally through subsidiaries and/or distribution agreements in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, 
other European countries, Asia Pacific and Israel.   

6

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The product portfolio for the Technology Solutions segment is designed to address a wide array of healthcare 
clinical  and  business  performance  needs  ranging  from  medication  safety  and  information  access  to  revenue  cycle 
management, resource utilization and physician adoption of electronic health records (“EHR”).  Analytics software 
enables organizations to measure progress as they automate care processes for optimal clinical outcomes, business 
and operating results and regulatory compliance.  To ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their 
information  technology  investment,  the  Technology  Solutions  segment  also  offers  a  wide  range  of  services  to 
support  the  implementation  and  use  of  solutions  as  well  as  assist  with  business  and  clinical  redesign,  process  re-
engineering and staffing (both information technology and back-office). 

Key solution areas are as follows: 

Clinical management:  Horizon Clinicals® is built with architecture to facilitate integration and enable modular 
system deployment.  It includes a clinical data repository, clinical decision support, physician order entry, point-of-
care documentation with bar-coded medication administration, enterprise laboratory, radiology, pharmacy, surgical 
management, an emergency department solution and an ambulatory EHR system.  Horizon Clinicals® also includes 
solutions  to  facilitate  physician  access  to  patient  information  such  as  a  Web-based  physician  portal  and  wireless 
devices that draw on information from the hospital’s information systems.  In addition, the Horizon Clinicals® suite 
includes a comprehensive solution for homecare, including telehealth and hospice. 

Enterprise imaging:  In addition to document imaging to facilitate maintenance and access to complete medical 
records, the segment provides a suite of enterprise medical imaging and information management systems, including 
a picture archiving communications system and a comprehensive cardiovascular information system.  The segment’s 
enterprise-wide  approach  to  medical  imaging  enables  organizations  to  take  advantage  of  specialty-specific 
workstations while building an integrated image repository that manages all of the images and information captured 
throughout the care continuum. 

Financial  management:    The  segment’s  revenue  cycle  solutions  are  designed  to  reduce  days  in  accounts 
receivable, prevent insurance claim denials, reduce costs and improve productivity.  Examples of solutions include 
online  patient  billing,  contract  management,  electronic  claims  processing  and  coding  compliance  checking.    The 
segment’s hospital information systems play a key role in managing the revenue cycle by automating the operation 
of individual departments and their respective functions within the inpatient environment.   

Resource  management:    Resource  management  solutions  consist  of  an  integrated  suite  of  applications  that 
enhance an organization’s ability to plan and optimize the delivery of quality patient care.  These solutions automate 
the  management  of  the  workforce,  supply  chain,  surgical  and  anesthesia  documentation  and  provide  analytics  for 
performance  measurement.    Linking  resource  requirements  to  care  protocols,  the  resource  management  solutions 
enhance  predictability,  improve  communication,  reduce  variability  and  lower  overall  costs  associated  with  care 
delivery. 

Automation:    Automation  solutions  include  technologies  that  help  hospitals  re-engineer  and  improve  their 
medication  use  and  supply  management  processes.    Examples  include  centralized  pharmacy  automation  for  unit-
dose  medications,  unit-based  cabinet  technologies  for  secure  medication  storage  and  rapid  retrieval,  point-of-use 
supply  automation  systems  for  inventory  management  and  revenue  capture  and  an  automated  medication 
administration  system  for  ensuring  accuracy  at  the  point  of  care.    Based  on  a  foundation  of  bar-code  scanning 
technology, these integrated solutions are designed to reduce errors and bring new levels of safety to patients.   

Physician practice solutions:  The segment provides a complete solution for physician practices of all sizes that 
includes  software,  revenue  cycle  outsourcing  and  connectivity  services.    Software  solutions  include  practice 
management  and  EHR  software  for  physicians  of  every  size,  specialty  or  geographic  location.    The  segment’s 
physician practice offering also includes outsourced billing and collection services as well as services that connect 
physicians with their patients, hospitals, retail pharmacies and payors.  Revenue cycle outsourcing enables physician 
groups to avoid the infrastructure investment and administrative costs of their own in-house billing office.  Services 
include clinical data collection, data input, medical coding, billing, contract management, cash collections, accounts 
receivable management and extensive reporting of metrics related to the physician practice. 

7

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Connectivity:  Through  the  segment’s  vendor-neutral  RelayHealth®  and  its  intelligent  network,  the  company 
provides interactive solutions that streamline clinical, financial and administrative communication between patients, 
providers,  payors,  pharmacies  and  financial  institutions.    RelayHealth®  helps  to  accelerate  the  delivery  of  high-
quality  care  and  improve  financial  performance  through  online  consultation  of  physicians  by  patients,  electronic 
prescribing by physicians, point-of-service resolution of pharmacy claims by payors, pre-visit financial clearance of 
patients  by  providers  and  post-visit  settlement  of  provider  bills  by  payors  and  patients.    RelayHealth®  securely 
processes more than 12 billion financial and clinical transactions annually. 

In addition to the product offerings described above, the Technology Solutions segment offers a comprehensive 
range  of  services  to  help  organizations  derive  greater  value,  enhance  satisfaction  and  return  on  investment 
throughout the life of the solutions implemented.  The range of services includes: 

Technology Services:  The segment has worked with numerous healthcare organizations to support the smooth 
operation  of  their  information  systems  by  providing  the  technical  infrastructure  designed  to  maximize  application 
accessibility, availability, security and performance. 

Outsourcing Services:  The segment helps organizations focus their resources on healthcare while the segment 
manages  their  information  technology  or  operations  through  managed  services,  including  outsourcing.    Service 
options  include  remote  hosting,  managing  hospital  data  processing  operations,  as  well  as  strategic  information 
systems planning and management, revenue cycle processes, payroll processing, business office administration and 
major system conversions. 

Professional  Services:    Professional  services  help  customers  achieve  business  results  from  their  software  or 
automation  investment.    The  segment  offers  a  wide  array  of  quality  service  options,  including  consulting  for 
business  and/or  clinical  process  improvement  and  re-design  as  well  as  implementation,  project  management, 
technical and education services relating to all products in the Technology Solutions segment.  

Payor  Group:    The  following  suite  of  services  and  software  products  is  marketed  to  payors,  employers  and 

government organizations to help manage the cost and quality of care:  

• Disease  management  programs  to  improve  the  health  status  and  health  outcomes  of  patients  with  chronic 

conditions;  

• Nurse triage services to provide health information and recommend appropriate levels of care;  
•
•
•
•

Clinical and analytical software to support utilization, case and disease management workflows;  
Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance;  
InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support; and 
Claims performance solutions to facilitate accurate and efficient medical claim payments. 

Acquisitions, Investments and Discontinued Operations 

We  have  undertaken  strategic  initiatives  in  recent  years  designed  to  further  focus  on  our  core  healthcare 
businesses and enhance our competitive position.  We expect to continue to undertake such strategic initiatives in 
the  future.    These  initiatives  are  detailed  in  Financial  Notes  2  and  7,  “Acquisitions  and  Investments”  and 
“Discontinued Operations,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Competition 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution and large payor organizations.  
In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other 
healthcare manufacturers (as well as other potential customers of the segment) which may from time to time decide 
to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities which would otherwise be provided by the 
segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases,  convenience  to  the  customer  are  generally  the  principal 
competitive elements in this segment. 

8

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
computer services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, hardware 
vendors and Internet-based companies with technology applicable to the healthcare industry.  Competition varies in 
size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in  scope  and  breadth  of  products  and  services 
offered. 

Intellectual Property 

The  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  of  the  Distribution  Solutions  segment  include:  AccessHealth®, 
Acumax®,  Closed  Loop  DistributionSM,  Comets®,  ConsumerScriptSM,.com  Pharmacy  Solutions®,  Econolink®, 
Empowering  Healthcare®,  EnterpriseRx™,  Expect  More  From  MooreSM,  FrontEdge™,  Health  Mart®,  High 
Performance  PharmacySM,  LoyaltyScript®,  Lynx®,  Max  ImpactSM,  McKesson®,  McKesson  Advantage®, 
McKesson  Empowering  Healthcare®,  McKesson  Max  Rewards®,  McKesson  OneStop  Generics®,  McKesson 
Priority Express®, McKesson Supply ManagerSM, MediNet™, Medi-Pak®, Mobile ManagerSM, Moore Medical®, 
MoorebrandSM, NOA®, Northstar RXSM, Onmark®, Pharma360®, PharmacyRx™, Pharmaserv®, PharmAssureSM,
ProIntercept®,  ProMed®,  ProPBM®,  RX  PakSM, RX  Savings  Access®,  ServiceFirst®,  Staydry®,  Sunmark®, 
Supply Management OnlineSM, TrialScript®, Valu-Rite®, XVIII B Medi Mart® and ZEE®.   

The  substantial  majority  of  technical  concepts  and  codes  embodied  in  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s 
computer programs and program documentation are protected as trade secrets.  The principal trademarks and service 
marks for this segment are:  AcuDose-Rx®, ANSOS™, Ask-A-Nurse®, Care Fully Connected™, CareEnhance®, 
Connect-RN™,  Connect-Rx®,  CRMS®,  DataStat®,  ePremis®,  Episode  Profiler®,  E-Script™,  Fulfill-RxTM,
HealthQuest®,  Horizon  Admin-Rx™,  Horizon  Clinicals®,  HorizonWP®,  InterQual®,  Lytec®,  MedCarousel®, 
Medisoft®, One-Call®, One-Staff®, ORSOS™, PACMED™, PakPlus-Rx®, Paragon®, Pathways 2000®, Patterns 
Profiler™,  Per-Se®,  Per-Se  Technologies®  (and  logo),  PerYourHealth.com®,  Practice  Partner®,  Premis®, 
RelayHealth®,  ROBOT-Rx®,  SelfPace®,  Series  2000™,  STAR  2000™,  SupplyScan™,  TRENDSTAR®  and 
WebVisit™.

We  also  own  other  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  and  service  marks  and  similar  rights  used  by  our 
business  segments.    All  of  the  principal  trademarks  and  service  marks  are  registered  in  the  United  States,  or 
registrations have been applied for with respect to such marks, in addition to certain other jurisdictions.  The United 
States federal registrations of these trademarks have terms of ten or twenty years, depending on date of registration, 
and are subject to unlimited renewals.  We believe we have taken all necessary steps to preserve the registration and 
duration  of  our  trademarks  and  service  marks,  although  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  we  will  be  able  to 
successfully  enforce  or  protect  our  rights  thereunder  in  the  event  that  they  are  subject  to  third-party  infringement 
claims.  We do not consider any particular patent, license, franchise or concession to be material to our business.  
We also hold copyrights in, and patents related to, many of our products. 

Other Information about the Business 

Customers: During  2009,  sales  to  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  52%  of  our  total 
consolidated revenues.  Sales to our two largest customers, CVS Caremark Corporation (“Caremark,”) and Rite Aid 
Corporation  (“Rite  Aid”)  accounted  for  14%  and  12%  of  our  total  consolidated  revenues.    At  March  31,  2009, 
accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 49% of total accounts receivable.  Accounts 
receivable  from  Caremark  and  Rite  Aid  were  approximately  14%  and  10%  of  total  accounts  receivable.  
Substantially all of these revenues and accounts receivable are included in our Distribution Solutions segment. 

Suppliers:    We  obtain  pharmaceutical  and  other  products  from  manufacturers,  none  of  which  accounted  for 
more than approximately 9% of our purchases in 2009.  The loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if 
alternate sources of supply are unavailable.  We believe that our relationships with our suppliers on the whole are 
good.  The ten largest suppliers in 2009 accounted for approximately 46% of our purchases.   

A significant portion of our distribution arrangements with the manufacturers provides us compensation based 
on a percentage of our purchases.  However, we also have certain distribution arrangements with manufacturers that 
include  an  inflation-based  compensation  component  whereby  we  benefit  when  the  manufacturers  increase  their 
prices  as  we  sell  our  inventory  being  held  at  the  new  higher  prices.    For  these  manufacturers,  a  reduction  in  the 
frequency and magnitude of price increases, as well as restrictions in the amount of inventory available to us, could 
adversely impact our gross profit margin.   

9

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Research  and  Development:    Our  development  expenditures  primarily  consist  of  our  investment  in  software 
development  held  for  sale.    We  spent  $438  million,  $420  million  and  $359  million  for  development  activities  in 
2009,  2008  and  2007  and  of  these  amounts,  we  capitalized  17%,  17%  and  21%.    Development  expenditures  are 
primarily  incurred  by  our  Technology  Solutions  segment.    Our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  product 
development  efforts  apply  computer  technology  and  installation  methodologies  to  specific  information  processing 
needs of hospitals and other customers.  We believe a substantial and sustained commitment to such expenditures is 
important to the long-term success of this business.  Additional information regarding our development activities is 
included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Environmental Regulation:  We sold our chemical distribution operations in 1987 and retained responsibility for 
certain environmental obligations.  Agreements with the Environmental Protection Agency and certain states may 
require  environmental  assessments  and  cleanups  at  several  closed  sites.    These  matters  are  described  further  in 
Financial  Note  18,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
appearing in this Annual Report on Form  10-K.  Other than any expenditures that may be required in connection 
with  those  legal  matters,  we  do  not  anticipate  making  substantial  capital  expenditures  either  for  environmental 
issues, or to comply with environmental laws and regulations in the future.  The amount of our capital expenditures 
for environmental compliance was not material in 2009 and is not expected to be material in the next year. 

Employees:  On March 31, 2009, we employed approximately 32,500 persons compared to 32,900 in 2008 and 

31,800 in 2007.  

Financial  Information  About  Foreign  and  Domestic  Operations:    Information  as  to  foreign  and  domestic 
operations is included in Financial Notes 1 and 22, “Significant Accounting Policies” and “Segments of Business,” 
to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Information regarding our risk factors is included in the Financial Review under the captions “Factors Affecting 
Forward-Looking Statements” and “Additional Factors That May Affect Future Results,” beginning on page 51 of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Because of the nature of our principal businesses, our plant, warehousing, office and other facilities are operated 
in  widely  dispersed  locations,  mostly  throughout  the  U.S.  and  Canada.    The  warehouses  are  typically  owned  or 
leased on a long-term basis.  We consider our operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to 
meet  our  needs  for  the  next  several  years  without  making  capital  expenditures  materially  higher  than  historical 
levels.  Information as to material lease commitments is included in Financial Note 16, “Lease Obligations,” to the 
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Financial Note 18, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to our consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

10

Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  

McKESSON CORPORATION 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during 

the three months ended March 31, 2009.  

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their 
principal occupations during the past five years.  The number of years of service with the Company includes service 
with predecessor companies. 

There  are  no  family  relationships  between  any  of  the  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.    The 
executive officers are chosen annually to serve until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next 
annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and have qualified, or until death, resignation 
or removal, whichever is sooner. 

Name 

Age

Position with Registrant and Business Experience

John H. Hammergren ...........  50  Chairman of the Board since July 2002; President and Chief Executive Officer
since April 2001; and a director since July 1999.  Service with the Company –
13 years. 

Jeffrey C. Campbell..............  48  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2004; Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from December 2003 to April 2004.
Service with the Company – 5 years. 

Paul C. Julian........................  53  Executive  Vice  President,  Group  President  since  April  2004;  Senior  Vice
President from August 1999 to April 2004; President of McKesson Distribution
Solutions since March 2000.  Service with the Company – 13 years. 

Jorge L. Figueredo................  48  Executive  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  since  May  2008;  Senior  Vice
President, Human Resources, Dow Jones, Inc. from February 2007 to January
2008;  President,  International,  Liz  Claiborne  Inc.  from  October  1984  to  May
2006.  Service with the Company – 1 year. 

Marc E. Owen.......................  49  Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development since
April  2004;  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Strategy  and  Business
Development from September 2001 to April 2004.  Service with the Company
– 8 years. 

Laureen E. Seeger.................  47  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  since  March  2006;
Vice President and General Counsel of McKesson Provider Technologies from
February 2000 to March 2006.  Service with the Company – 9 years. 

Randall N. Spratt ..................  57  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Technology  Officer  and  Chief  Information
Officer since April 2009; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
from  July  2005  to  April  2009;  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Process  Officer,
McKesson Provider Technologies from  April 2003 to July 2005; Senior Vice
President,  Imaging,  Technology  and  Business  Process  Improvement  from
January 2000 to April 2003.  Service with the Company – 23 years 

11

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities and Stock Price Performance Graph 

(a)  Market Information:  The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the New York 
Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”).   High  and  low  prices  for  the  common  stock  by  quarter  are  included  in  Financial 
Note 23, “Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited),” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(b)  Holders:  The number of record holders of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2009 was approximately 

9,200. 

(c)  Dividends:    Dividend  information  is  included  in  Financial  Note  23,  “Quarterly  Financial  Information 

(Unaudited),” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

In  April  2008,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”)  approved  a  change  in  the  Company’s  dividend 
policy by increasing the amount of the Company’s quarterly dividend from six cents to twelve cents per share, 
applicable  to  ensuing  quarterly  dividend  declarations  until  further  action  by  the  Board.    The  Company 
anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, the payment and amount 
of  future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the  Company’s  future 
earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. 

(d)  Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  under  Equity  Compensation  Plans:    Information  relating  to  this  item  is 

provided under Part III, Item 12, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

(e)  Share Repurchase Plans:  The following table provides information on the Company’s share repurchases during 

the fourth quarter of 2009: 

Share Repurchases (1)

(In millions, except price per share) 
January 1, 2009 – January 31, 2009 
February 1, 2009 – February 28, 2009 
March 1, 2009 – March 31, 2009 

Total 

Total
Number of Shares 
Purchased (2) (3)

- 
1 
3 
4 

$ 

Average Price Paid
Per Share
- 
44.66 
39.25 
40.41 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
As Part of Publicly 
Announced
Program
- 
1 
3 
4 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the 
Programs
980 
944 
830 
830 

  $ 

(1) This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee 

stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.   

(2) All of the shares purchases were part of the publicly announced programs.   
(3) The number of shares purchased reflects rounding adjustments. 

In April 2008, the Board approved a plan to repurchase $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock of which 
$830 million remained available as of March 31, 2009.  Stock repurchases may be made from time to time in open 
market or private transactions. 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased  from  time  to  time  pursuant  to  its  stock  repurchase  program.    During  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  we 
repurchased 4 million shares for $204 million and all of these shares were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.   

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

(f)  Stock  Price  Performance  Graph*:   The following graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder return  on 
the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Value 
Line Healthcare Sector Index (composed of 154 companies in the health care industry, including the Company). 

McKesson Corporation

S&P 500 Index

Value Line Healthcare Sector Index

$250.00

$200.00

$150.00

$100.00

$50.00

$0.00

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

McKesson

Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
Value Line 

Healthcare 
Sector Index 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

March 31, 

$ 
$ 

100.00 
100.00 

$ 
$ 

126.38 
106.69 

$ 
$ 

175.41 
119.21 

$ 
$ 

197.91 
133.31 

$ 
$ 

177.74 
126.54 

$ 
$ 

120.18 
78.34 

$ 

100.00 

$ 

105.11 

$ 

117.52 

$ 

125.09 

$ 

117.35 

$ 

91.93 

∗

Assumes $100 invested in the Company’s common stock and in each index on March 31, 2004 and that all dividends are 
reinvested.

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Selected financial data is presented in the Five-Year Highlights section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  are 

presented in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Information  required  by  this  item  is  included  in  the  Financial  Review  section  of  this  Annual  Report  on  

Form 10-K. 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  are  included  as  separate  sections  of  this  Annual  Report  on  

Form 10-K.  See Item 15. 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  with  the  participation  of  other  members  of  the 
Company’s management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” 
(as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
report,  and  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  based  on  their  evaluation  of 
these controls and procedures as required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management’s  report  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) and the related report of our independent registered public accounting 
firm are included on page 62 and page 63 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings, “Management’s 
Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting”  and  “Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference.   

Changes in Internal Controls 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the 
evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the most recent 
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that have materially affected, or 
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not applicable. 

14

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information  about  our  Directors  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  Item  1  of  our  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2009  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  under  the  heading  “Election  of 
Directors.”  Information about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from 
the  discussion  under  the  heading  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our  Proxy 
Statement.    Information  about  our  Audit  Committee,  including  the  members  of  the  committee  and  our  Audit 
Committee Financial Expert, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings “Audit Committee 
Report” and “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in our Proxy Statement.  The balance of the information required 
by this item is contained in the discussion entitled “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 4 of Part I of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Pursuant to Section 303A.12 (a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
submitted to the NYSE a certification, dated August 18, 2008, stating that, as of such date, he was not aware of any 
violation by the Company of any NYSE corporate governance listing standards. 

Information  about  the  Code  of  Ethics  governing  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
Controller  and  Financial  Managers  can  be  found  on  our  Web  site,  www.mckesson.com,  under  the  Investors  – 
Corporate  Governance  tab.    The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  and  Charters  for  the  Audit  and 
Compensation  Committees  and  the  Committee  on  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  can  also  be  found  on  our 
Web site under the Investors – Corporate Governance tab. 

Copies of these documents may be obtained from: 

Corporate Secretary 
McKesson Corporation 
One Post Street, 35th Floor 
San Francisco, CA 94104 
(800) 826-9360 

The Company intends to disclose required information regarding any amendment to or waiver under the Code 
of Ethics referred to above by posting such information on our Web site within four business days after any such 
amendment or waiver.   

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information  with  respect  to  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  discussion  under  the  heading 

“Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement.  

Item 12. 

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference 

from the discussion under the heading “Principal Stockholders” in our Proxy Statement. 

15

McKESSON CORPORATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  March  31,  2009  with  respect  to  the  plans  under  which  the 

Company’s common stock is authorized for issuance: 

Plan Category 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders(2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by

security holders(4),(5) 

Number of securities
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options,
warrants and rights 

Weighted-average
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights (1)

Number of securities 
remaining available for
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
the first column) 

14.8 

  $ 

7.7 

43.74 

32.57 

15.9 (3) 

-

(1) The  weighted-average  exercise  price  set  forth  in  this  column  is  calculated  excluding  outstanding  restricted  stock  unit 
(“RSU”) awards, since recipients are not required to pay an exercise price to receive the shares subject to these awards.   
(2) Represents option and RSU awards, outstanding under the following plans: (i) 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; 

(ii) 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan; and (iii) the 2005 Stock Plan. 

(3) Represents  4,379,566  shares  which  remained  available  for  purchase  under  the  2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan 

(“ESPP”) and 11,505,221 shares available for grant under the 2005 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2009. 

(4) Represents  options  and  RSU  awards  outstanding  under  the  following  plans:    (i)  1999  Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock 
Plan; (ii) 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan; and (iii) certain one time stock option plan awards.  No further awards will be 
made under any of these plans.   

(5) As a result of acquisitions, the Company currently has two assumed option plans under which options and RSU awards are 
exercisable for 39,804 shares of the Company’s common stock.  No further awards will be made under any of the assumed 
plans and information regarding the assumed options is not included in the table above. 

The following are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The 
plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, except for the portion of the 2005 
Stock Plan related to Non-Employee Directors, which is administered by the Committee on Directors and Corporate 
Governance. 

2005 Stock Plan:  The 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 25, 2005 and approved 
by  the  Company’s  stockholders  on  July  27,  2005.   The  2005  Stock Plan  permits  the  granting  of  up  to  28  million 
shares  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  (“RS”),  RSUs,  performance-based  restricted  stock  units 
(“PeRSUs”)  and other  share-based  awards.    For  any  one share of  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with  a  RS, 
RSU, PeRSU or other share-based award, two shares shall be deducted from the shares available for future grants.  
Shares of common stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net exercise of a stock option, shares used to pay 
the  withholding  taxes  related  to  a  stock  award  or  shares  repurchased  on  the  open  market  with  proceeds  from  the 
exercise of options shall not be returned to the reserve of shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan.   

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 
generally have a contractual term of seven years.  Prior to 2005, stock options typically had a contractual term of ten 
years.  Options generally become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant 
date  or  after  four  years  from  the  date  of  grant.    The  vesting  of  RS  or  RSUs  is  determined  by  the  Compensation 
Committee at the time of grant.  RS and RSUs generally vest over four years.  Vesting of PeRSUs ranges from one 
to  three-year  periods  following  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  follow  the  graded  or  cliff  method  of 
vesting.   

Non-employee directors may be granted an award on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders for up 
to 5,000 RSUs, as determined by the Board.  Such non-employee director award is fully vested on the date of the 
grant.   

16

 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

2000  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “ESPP”):  The  ESPP  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  “employee  stock 
purchase  plan”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    In  March  2002,  the  Board 
amended the ESPP to allow for participation in the plan by employees of certain of the Company’s international and 
certain  other  subsidiaries.    As  to  those  employees,  the  ESPP  does  not  qualify  under  Section  423  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  Currently, 16 million shares have been approved by stockholders for issuance under the ESPP. 

The  ESPP  is  implemented  through  a  continuous  series  of  three-month  purchase  periods  (“Purchase  Periods”) 

during which contributions can be made toward the purchase of common stock under the plan. 

Each eligible employee may elect to authorize regular payroll deductions during the next succeeding Purchase 
Period,  the  amount  of  which  may  not  exceed  15%  of  a  participant’s  compensation.    At  the  end  of  each  Purchase 
Period,  the  funds  withheld  by  each  participant  will  be  used  to  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  
The purchase price of each share of the Company’s common stock is based on 85% of the fair market value of each 
share  on  the  last  day  of  the  applicable  Purchase  Period.    In  general,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common 
stock that may be purchased by a participant for each calendar year is determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair 
market value of one share of common stock on the offering date. 

The  following  are  descriptions  of  equity  plans  that  have  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 

stockholders:

On  July  27,  2005,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  2005  Stock  Plan  which  had  the  effect  of 
terminating the 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan and certain 
1999  one  time  stock  option  plan  awards,  which  plans  had  not  been  submitted  for  approval  by  the  Company’s 
stockholders, and the 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan, which had previously 
been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  Prior grants under these plans include stock options, RS and RSUs.  
Stock options under the terminated plans generally have a ten-year life and vest over four years.  RS contains certain 
restrictions  on  transferability  and  may  not  be  transferred  until  such  restrictions  lapse.    Each  of  these  plans  has 
outstanding equity grants, which are subject to the terms and conditions of their respective plans, but no new grants 
will be made under these terminated plans. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 
Statement under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”  Additional information regarding 
certain related party balances and transactions is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on 
Form  10-K  and  Financial  Note  20,  “Related  Party  Balances  and  Transactions,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information  regarding  principal  accounting  fees  and  services  is  set  forth  under  the  heading  “Ratification  of 
Appointment  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  as  the  Company’s  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  for 
Fiscal 2010” in our Proxy Statement and all such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

17

McKESSON CORPORATION 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule 

(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedule and Exhibits

Supplementary Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule— 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...........................................................................................................

Financial statements and schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of 
conditions under which they are required or because the required information, where material, is 
shown in the financial statements, financial notes or supplementary financial information. 

Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those 
incorporated by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index..................................................

Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  
See “Index to Consolidated Financial Information”...................................................................................

Page

20

21

25

18

McKESSON CORPORATION 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Dated:  May 5, 2009 

MCKESSON CORPORATION

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

On behalf of the Registrant and pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this 

report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated: 

*

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)

*

Jeffrey C. Campbell
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer)

Nigel A. Rees 
Vice President and Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Andy D. Bryant, Director

Wayne A. Budd, Director 

Alton F. Irby III, Director 

* 

* 

* 

*

*

Marie L. Knowles,  Director 

*

*

David M. Lawrence M.D., Director 

* 

* 

* 

Edward A. Mueller, Director

James V. Napier, Director

Jane E. Shaw, Director 

/s/ Laureen E. Seeger 

Laureen E. Seeger 
*Attorney-in-Fact

M. Christine Jacobs, Director 

Dated: May 5, 2009

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

SCHEDULE II 

SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
For the Years Ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(In millions) 

Description 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts (3)

Deductions 
From
Allowance 
Accounts (1)

Balance at 
End of
Year (2)

Additions 

Year Ended March 31, 2009 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 

Other allowances ........................  
$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2008 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 

Other allowances ........................  
$ 

Year Ended March 31, 2007 
Allowances for doubtful 

accounts .................................. $ 
Other allowances ........................  
$ 

163 
9 
172 

  $ 

  $ 

139 
11 
150 

  $ 

  $ 

124 
7 
131 

  $ 

  $ 

27 
6 
33 

41 
- 
41 

24 
4 
28 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009 

3 
1 
4 

17 
- 
17 

15 
- 
15 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(41) 
(4) 
(45) 

  $ 

  $ 

152 
12 
164 

(34) 
(2) 
(36) 

  $ 

  $ 

163 (4)
9 
172 

(24) 
- 
(24) 

  $ 

  $ 

139 (4)
11 
150

2008 

2007 

(1)  Deductions: 
  Written off ..........................................................................$ 
Operation sold..................................................................... 
Credited to other accounts................................................... 
Total....................................................................................$ 

27 
6 
12 
45 

  $ 

  $ 

32 
- 
2 
34 

  $ 

  $ 

24 
- 
- 
24 

(2)  Amounts shown as deductions from receivables 

$ 

164 

  $ 

172 

  $ 

150 

(3) Primarily represents additions relating to acquisitions. 

(4)

Includes a $10 million allowance for non-current receivables. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

The agreements included as exhibits to this report are included to provide information regarding their terms and 
not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the 
agreements.    The  agreements  may  contain  representations  and  warranties  by  each  of  the  parties  to  the  applicable 
agreement that were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and; 

•

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk 
to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; 

• may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what  may be viewed as material to you or 

other investors; and 

• were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the 

agreement and are subject to more recent developments. 

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 

were made or at any other time.  

Exhibits identified under “Incorporated by Reference” in the table below are on file with the Commission and 

are incorporated by reference as exhibits hereto. 

Exhibit
Number
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Description 

Amended and Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation of the Company as filed with the 
Delaware Secretary of State on July 25, 2007. 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the 
Company, dated as of April 22, 2009. 

Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997, between 
the Company, as Issuer, and The First National 
Bank of Chicago, as Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2002, between
the Company, as Issuer, and the Bank of New 
York, as Trustee. 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, by and 
between the Company, as Issuer, and The Bank 
of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

10.1*  McKesson Corporation 1994 Stock Option and 
Restricted Stock Plan as amended through July 
31, 2001. 

10.2*  McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock Option and 
Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through May 
26, 2004. 

10.3*  McKesson Corporation 1997 Non-Employee 
Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral 
Plan, as amended through January 29, 2003. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-Q 

3.1 

Filing Date 
October 31, 2007 

8-K 

1-13252 

3.2 

April 28, 2009 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.4 

June 19, 1997 

10-K 

1-13252 

4.6 

June 12, 2002 

8-K 

1-13252 

4.1 

March 5, 2007 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 12, 2002 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.2 

May 7, 2008 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.4 

June 10, 2004 

10.4*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.6 

June 6, 2003 

Sharing Investment Plan, as amended and 
restated on January 29, 2003. 

10.5*  McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit 
Sharing Investment Plan II, as amended and 
restated on October 24, 2008. 

21

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.1  October 29, 2008 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit
Number

Description 

10.6*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 

Administration Plan, amended and restated 
effective October 28, 2004. 

10.7*   McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 
Administration Plan II, as amended and restated 
effective October 28, 2004, including 
Amendment No. 1 thereto effective July 25, 
2007. 

10.8*  McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation 
Administration Plan III, as amended and restated
on October 24, 2008. 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-K 

10.6 

Filing Date 
May 13, 2005 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.7 

May 7, 2008 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.2  October 29, 2008 

10.9*  McKesson Corporation 1994 Option Gain 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.8 

May 13, 2005 

Deferral Plan, as amended and restated as of 
October 28, 2004. 

10.10*  McKesson Corporation Executive Benefit 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.3  October 29, 2008 

Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on 
October 24, 2008. 

10.11*  McKesson Corporation Executive Survivor 
Benefits Plan, as amended and restated as of 
October 28, 2004.  

10-K 

1-13252 

10.11  May 13, 2005 

10.12*†  McKesson Corporation Severance Policy for 

Executive Employees, as amended and restated 
on December 29, 2008.  

10.13*†  McKesson Corporation Change in Control 

Policy for Selected Executive Employees, as 
amended and restated on April 21, 2009. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

10.14*  McKesson Corporation 2005 Management 
Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on 
October 24, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 
2009.  

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.5  October 29, 2008 

10.15*†  Form of Statement of Terms and Conditions 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Applicable to Awards Pursuant to the McKesson 
Corporation 2005 Management Incentive Plan, 
effective April 1, 2009. 

10.16*  McKesson Corporation Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, as amended and restated on October 24, 
2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009. 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.6  October 29, 2008 

10.17*  McKesson Corporation Stock Purchase Plan, as 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.19 

June 6, 2003 

amended through July 31, 2002. 

10.18*  McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as 

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.7  October 29, 2008 

amended and restated on July 23, 2008. 

10.19*†  Forms of (i) Statement of Standard Terms and 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Conditions applicable to Options, Restricted 
Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance 
Shares, (ii) Stock Option Grant Notice and (iii) 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, under the 
McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as 
amended and restated on July 23, 2008. 

22

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Exhibit
Number
10.20†††  Deed of Settlement and Amendment in Relation 

Description 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-Q 

10.1 

Filing Date 
August 1, 2005 

Incorporated by Reference 

to Human Resources and Payroll Services 
Contract dated as of June 22, 2005 between the 
Secretary of State for Health for the United 
Kingdom and McKesson Information Solutions 
UK Limited. 

10.21  Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase 
Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2004, among 
the Company, as servicer, CGSF Funding 
Corporation, as seller, the several conduit 
purchasers from time to time party to the 
Agreement, the several committed purchasers 
from time to time party to the Agreement, the 
several managing agents from time to time party 
to the Agreement, and Bank One, N.A. (Main 
Office Chicago), as collateral agent. 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.20  May 13, 2005 

10.22  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

June 14, 2007 

as of June 8, 2007 among the Company and 
McKesson Canada Corporation, collectively, the 
Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. 
(acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian 
Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank 
and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as 
Co-Syndication Agents, Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as L/C Issuer, The Bank of
Nova Scotia and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi 
UFJ, LTD., Seattle branch, as Co-
Documentation Agents, and The Other Lenders 
Party Hereto Banc of America Securities LLC, 
as sole lead arranger and sole book manager. 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 
2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and 
General Electric Capital Corporation. 

Services Agreement, dated as of December 31, 
2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and 
General Electric Capital Corporation. 

Interim Credit Agreement, dated as of January 
26, 2007, among the Company, Bank of America
N.A., as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, 
National Association, as Syndication Agent, the 
other Lenders party there to, and Banc of 
America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital 
Markets, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint
Book Managers. 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.41 

June 6, 2003 

10-K 

1-13252 

10.42 

June 6, 2003 

8-K 

1-13252 

10.1 

January 26, 2007 

10.26*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.10  October 29, 2008 

dated as of November 1, 2008, by and between 
the Company and its Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer. 

23

McKESSON CORPORATION 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit
Number
10.27*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,

Description 

dated as of November 1, 2008, by and between 
the Company and its Former Executive Vice 
President and President, McKesson Technology 
Solutions. 

Form  File Number Exhibit 
1-13252 
10-Q 

10.11  October 29, 2008 

Filing Date 

10.28*  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,

10-Q 

1-13252 

10.12  October 29, 2008 

dated as of November 1, 2008, by and between 
the Company and its Executive Vice President 
and Group President. 

12† 

21† 

23† 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed 
Charges. 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP. 

24† 

Power of Attorney. 

31.1†  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant

to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

31.2†  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant 

- 

to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, 
and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32†† 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

*  Management  contract  or  compensation  plan  or  arrangement  in  which  directors  and/or  executive  officers  are 

eligible to participate. 

†  Filed herewith. 
††  Furnished herewith. 
††† Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this exhibit and such confidential portions have 

been filed with the Commission. 

Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of each instrument defining the rights of 
security holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the registrant, the authorized principal amount of which 
does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant. 

24

McKESSON CORPORATION 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Five-Year Highlights 
Financial Review 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2009 and 2008 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Financial Notes 

Page
26
27
62
63

64
65
66
67
68

25

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS 

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, 

(In millions, except per share amounts and ratios) 
Operating Results 
Revenues

Percent change 

Gross profit  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

$ 106,632 

  $ 101,703 

  $

92,977 

  $  86,983 

  $

79,096 

4.8%   

5,378 

9.4%   

5,009 

6.9%   

4,332 

10.0%   
3,777 

16.3% 
3,342 

income taxes 

Income (loss) after income taxes 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Net income (loss) 

Financial Position 
Working capital 
Days sales outstanding for: (1)
Customer receivables 
Inventories
Drafts and accounts payable 

Total assets 
Total debt, including capital lease obligations 
Stockholders’ equity 
Property acquisitions 
Acquisitions of businesses, net 

Common Share Information 
Common shares outstanding at year-end 
Shares on which earnings (loss) per common 

share were based 
Diluted  
Basic

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (2) 

$

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Cash dividends declared 
Cash dividends declared per common share 
Book value per common share (2) (3)
Market value per common share – year end 

Supplemental Data 
Capital employed (4)
Debt to capital ratio (5)
Net debt to net capital employed (6)
Average stockholders’ equity (7)
Return on stockholders’ equity (8)

1,064 

1,457 

1,297 

1,171 

823 
- 
823 

989 
1 
990 

968 
(55) 
913 

745 
6 
751 

(266) 

(173) 
16 
(157) 

3,065 

2,438 

2,730 

3,527 

3,658 

24 
31 
43 
25,267 
2,512 
6,193 
195 
358 

271 

279 
275 

2.95 
- 
2.95 
134 
0.48 
22.87 
35.04 

  $

22 
33 
44 
24,603 
1,797 
6,121 
195 
610 

277 

298 
291 

3.32 
- 
3.32 
70 
0.24 
22.10 
52.37 

  $

21 
32 
43 
23,943 
1,958 
6,273 
126 
1,938 

295 

305 
298 

3.17 
(0.18) 
2.99 
72 
0.24 
21.26 
58.54 

22 
29 
41 
20,961 
991 
5,907 
166 
589 

304 

316 
306 

2.36 
0.02 
2.38 
74 
0.24 
19.43 
52.13 

  $ 

  $

23 
34 
40 
18,775 
1,211 
5,275 
135 
76 

299 

294 
294 

(0.59) 
0.06 
(0.53) 
71 
0.24 
17.64 
37.75 

8,705 
28.9%   
6.1%   

6,214 
13.2%   

7,918 
22.7%   
6.6%   

6,344 
15.6%   

8,231 

23.8%   
0.1%   

6,022 
15.2%   

6,898 
14.4% 
(24.1)%   
5,736 
13.1% 

6,486 
18.7% 
(12.6)%
5,264 

(3.0)%

Footnotes to Five-Year Highlights:  
(1) Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year.   
(2) Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 
(3) Represents stockholders’ equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. 
(4) Consists of total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(5) Ratio is computed as total debt divided by capital employed. 
(6) Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(7) Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 
(8) Ratio is computed as net income (loss), divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

GENERAL

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  referred  to  as  the 
Financial  Review,  is  intended  to  assist  the  reader  in  the  understanding  and  assessment  of  significant  changes  and 
trends related to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries.  This 
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying 
financial notes.  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all 
references in this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  two  operating  segments:  Distribution  Solutions  and  Technology  Solutions.  
See  Financial  Note  22,  “Segments  of  Business,”  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a 
description of these segments.   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview:

(In millions, except per share data) 
Revenues 
Litigation Charge (Credits), Net 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

Taxes  

Income Tax Provision 
Income from Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operations, Net 
Net Income  

Diluted Earnings Per Share 
Continuing Operations 
Discontinued Operations 

Total 

Weighted Average Diluted Shares 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2009 
106,632 
493 

1,064 
(241) 
823 
- 
823 

2.95 
- 
2.95 

279 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
101,703 
(5) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,457 
(468) 
989 
1 
990 

3.32 
- 
3.32 

298 

2007 
92,977 
(6) 

1,297 
(329) 
968 
(55) 
913 

3.17 
(0.18) 
2.99 

305 

Revenues increased 5% to $106.6 billion and 9% to $101.7 billion in 2009 and 2008.  The increase in revenues 
primarily  reflects  market  growth  rates  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment,  which  accounted  for  97%  of  our 
consolidated revenues.  Revenues for 2009 also benefited from our acquisitions of Oncology Therapeutics Network 
(“OTN”) in October 2007 and McQueary Brothers Drug Company (“McQueary Brothers”) in May 2008.  Revenues 
for 2008 also benefited from our acquisitions of OTN and Per-Se Technologies, Inc. (“Per-Se”) in January 2007.   

Gross  profit  increased  7%  to  $5.4  billion  and  16%  to  $5.0  billion  in  2009  and  2008.    As  a  percentage  of 
revenues, gross profit increased 11 basis points (“bp”) to 5.04% and 27 bp to 4.93% in 2009 and 2008.  The increase 
in our 2009 gross profit margin was primarily due to an improvement in our Distribution Solutions segment margin, 
partially offset by a decline in our Technology Solutions segment margin.  Gross profit margin increased in 2008 
primarily reflecting a greater proportion of higher margin Technology Solutions products and an improvement in our 
Distribution Solutions segment margin.   

Operating expenses were $4.2 billion, $3.5 billion and $3.1 billion in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  Operating expenses 
increased primarily due to additional expenses incurred to support our sales growth, expenses associated with our 
business  acquisitions  and  higher  employee  compensation  expenses.    In  addition,  operating  expenses  for  2009 
include a pre-tax charge of $493 million for the Average Wholesale Price (“AWP”) Litigation as further discussed 
under the caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review.   

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2009, other income, net includes a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two 
equity-held  investments  and  a  pre-tax  gain  of  $24  million  ($14  million  after-tax)  from  the  sale  of  an  equity-held 
investment.  Excluding these items, other income, net decreased over the last two years primarily due to a decrease 
in interest income due to lower average cash and cash equivalents balances and interest rates.   

Interest expense increased slightly in 2009 and 43% to $142 million in 2008.  Interest expense for 2009 reflects 
the repayment of $150 million of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the issuance of $700 million 
of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2009.  Interest expense in 2008 reflects additional expense associated 
with the issuance of $1.0 billion of long-term debt in the fourth quarter of 2007 as part of our $1.8 billion acquisition 
of Per-Se.   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $1.1 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion in 2009, 

2008 and 2007 reflecting the above noted factors.   

Our  reported  income  tax  rates  were  22.7%,  32.1%  and  25.4%  in  2009,  2008  and  2007.    Fluctuations  in  our 
reported income tax rates are primarily due to changes in income within states and foreign countries that have lower 
tax rates as well as other discrete tax events that occurred during the year.  In 2009, income tax expense included 
$111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily consists of the recognition of previously 
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest.  The recognition of these discrete items is primarily due to 
the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.  In 2007, we recorded an $83 million credit to our income tax provision 
relating  to  the  reversal  of  income  tax  reserves  related  to  uncertain  tax  matters  surrounding  our  Consolidated 
Securities Litigation Action costs.  These tax reserves were initially established in 2005 and were favorably resolved 
in 2007.   

In  2007,  our  results  from  discontinued  operations  were  an  after-tax  loss  of  $55  million  or  $0.18  per  diluted 
share  which  included  the  divestiture  of  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Acute  Care  medical-surgical  supply 
business.    This  business  was  sold  for  net  cash  proceeds  of  $160  million  and  resulted  in  an  after-tax  loss  of  $66 
million, which included a $79 million non-tax deductible write-off of goodwill.   

Net income was $823 million, $990 million and $913 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 and diluted earnings per 

share was $2.95, $3.32 and $2.99.   

Revenues:

(In millions) 
Distribution Solutions 

U.S. pharmaceutical direct distribution & services 
U.S. pharmaceutical sales to customers’ warehouses 

$ 

Subtotal 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services  
Software and software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 

Total Revenues 

$ 

2009 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

  $ 

  $ 

60,436 
27,668 
88,104 
8,106 
2,509 
98,719 

2,240 
591 
153 
2,984 
101,703 

  $ 

  $ 

2007 

54,127 
27,555 
81,682 
6,692 
2,364 
90,738 

1,537 
536 
166 
2,239 
92,977 

Revenues increased 5% to $106.6 billion in 2009 and 9% to $101.7 billion in 2008.  The growth in revenues 

was primarily driven by our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for 97% of revenues.   

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

U.S. pharmaceutical direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2009 compared with 2008 primarily 
reflecting  market  growth  rates  (which  include  growing  drug  utilization  and  price  increases,  offset  in  part  by  the 
increased use of lower priced generics), our acquisitions of OTN in October 2007 and McQueary Brothers in May 
2008,  expanded  business  with  existing  customers  and  a  shift  of  revenues  from  sales  to  customers’  warehouses  to 
direct store delivery.  U.S. pharmaceutical direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2008 compared with 
2007 primarily due to market growth rates, new and expanded business and to a lesser extent, due to our acquisition 
of OTN.  OTN is a U.S. distributor of specialty pharmaceuticals and McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of 
pharmaceutical, health and beauty products to independent and regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S.   

U.S. pharmaceutical sales to customers’ warehouses decreased in 2009 compared with 2008 primarily reflecting 
a customer’s loss of business, the loss of a large customer and reduced revenues associated with the consolidation of 
certain  customers.    Additionally,  these  revenues  were  also  impacted  by  a  shift  to  direct  store  delivery.    These 
decreases  were  partially  offset  by  expanded  business  with  existing  customers.    U.S.  pharmaceutical  sales  to 
customers’  warehouses  increased  in  2008  compared  with  2007  primarily  as  a  result  of  new  and  expanded 
agreements  with  customers,  which  were  partially  offset  by  a  customer’s  loss  of  business  and  reduced  revenues 
associated with the consolidation of certain customers.   

Sales  to  retail  customers’  warehouses  represent  large  volume  sales  of  pharmaceuticals  primarily  to  a  limited 
number  of  large  self-warehousing  retail  chain  customers  whereby  we  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and subsequently deliver the bulk product 
(generally  in  the  same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    This 
distribution method is typically not marketed or sold by the Company as a stand alone service; rather, it is offered as 
an  additional  distribution  method  for  our  large  retail  chain  customers  that  have  an  internal  self-warehousing 
distribution network.  Sales to customers’ warehouses provide a benefit to these customers because they can utilize 
the Company as one source for both their direct to-store business and their warehouse business.  We generally have 
significantly lower gross profit margins on sales to customers’ warehouses as we pass much of the efficiency of this 
low cost-to-serve model on to the customer.  These sales do, however, contribute to our gross profit dollars.   

The customer mix of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution revenues was as follows: 

Direct Sales 

Independents 
Institutions 
Retail Chains  
Subtotal 

Sales to retail customers’ warehouses 

Total 

2009 

2008 

2007 

13% 
32 
26 
71 
29 
100% 

13% 
30 
24 
67 
33 
100% 

13% 
29 
23 
65 
35 
100% 

From  2007  to  2009,  the  percentage  of  total  direct  and  warehouse  revenue  attributed  to  the  Company’s  retail 
chain customers declined compared to our other customer groups.  This decline resulted in a positive impact on the 
Company’s  gross  profit  margin.    As  previously  described,  a  limited  number  of  our  large  retail  chain  customers 
purchase  products  through  both  the  Company’s  direct  and  warehouse  distribution  methods,  the  latter  of  which 
generally  has a  significantly  lower  gross profit  margin  due to  the  low cost-to-serve model.   When  evaluating  and 
pricing customer contracts, we do so based on our assessment of total customer profitability.  As a result, we do not 
evaluate the Company’s performance or allocate resources based on sales to customers’ warehouses or gross profit 
associated with such sales. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues for 2009 increased slightly primarily reflecting new 
and  expanded business  and market  growth  rates, which were  almost  fully  offset  by unfavorable foreign  exchange 
rates and the loss of a customer.  Revenues for 2008 increased primarily reflecting market growth rates, favorable 
foreign exchange rates and new and expanded business, partially offset by six fewer days of sales compared to 2007.  
Canadian revenues in 2009 were negatively impacted by 9% unfavorable foreign exchange rates and in 2008 and 
2007, benefited from 12% and 5% favorable foreign exchange rates.   

Medical-Surgical  distribution  and  services  revenues  increased  over  the  last  two  years  primarily  reflecting 
market  growth  rates  and  acquisitions.    In  addition,  revenues  in  2008  were  impacted  by  the  discontinuance  of  the 
distribution  of  a  product  line  and  by  one  less  week  of  sales  compared  to  2007.    Revenues  associated  with  this 
product line are now recorded by our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business.   

Technology  Solutions  revenues  increased  in  2009  primarily  due  to  increased  services  revenues  reflecting  the 
segment’s expanded customer base and outsourcing revenues.  These increases were partially offset by unfavorable 
foreign  exchange  rates  and  a  decrease  in  software  revenues,  particularly  in  the  hospital  and  physician  office 
customer segments.  Technology Solutions’ revenues increased in 2008 primarily reflecting the acquisition of Per-
Se,  a  leading  provider  of  financial  and  administrative  healthcare  solutions  for  hospitals,  physicians  and  retail 
pharmacies,  increased  services  revenues,  the  segment’s  expanded  customer  base  and  clinical  software 
implementations.   

Gross Profit:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Gross Profit  

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Gross Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

$ 

$ 

3,955 
1,423 
5,378 

  $ 

  $ 

3,586 
1,423 
5,009 

  $ 

  $ 

3.82% 
46.44 
5.04 

3.63% 
47.69 
4.93 

2007 

3,252 
1,080 
4,332 

3.58% 
48.24 
4.66 

Gross profit increased 7% to $5.4 billion in 2009 and 16% to $5.0 billion in 2008.  As a percentage of revenues, 
gross  profit  increased  11  bp  in  2009  and  27  bp  in  2008.    Gross  profit  margin  increased  in  2009  primarily  due  to 
margin  improvements  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment,  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  our  Technology 
Solutions  segment  reflecting  a  change  in  product  mix  and  the  recognition  of  $21  million  of  disease  management 
deferred  revenues  in  2008  for  which  associated  expenses  were  previously  recognized  as  incurred.    Gross  profit 
margin increased in 2008 primarily reflecting a greater proportion of higher margin Technology Solutions products, 
the  recognition  of  $21  million  of  disease  management  deferred  revenues  and  an  improvement  in  our  Distribution 
Solutions segment’s margin.   

In  2009,  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  compared  to  2008.    Gross  profit 
margin was impacted by the benefit of increased sales of generic drugs with higher margins, higher buy side margins 
and an increase associated with a lower proportion of revenues within the segment attributed to sales to customers’ 
warehouses, which generally have lower gross profit margins relative to other revenues within the segment.  These 
increases were partially offset by a modest decline in sell margin during the latter part of the year and last-in, first-
out (“LIFO”) net  inventory credits  ($8  million  LIFO  net expense  in  2009  compared with  a $14  million  LIFO  net 
credit in 2008).   

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  uses  the  LIFO  method  of  accounting  for  the  majority  of  its  inventories, 
which  results  in  cost  of  sales  that  more  closely  reflects  replacement  cost  than  other  accounting  methods,  thereby 
mitigating  the  effects  of  inflation  and  deflation  on  operating  profit.    The  practice  in  the  Distribution  Solutions’ 
distribution businesses is to pass on to customers published price changes from suppliers.  Manufacturers generally 
provide  us  with  price  protection,  which  limits  price-related  inventory  losses.    Price  declines  on  many  generic 
pharmaceutical  products  in  this  segment  over  the  last  few  years  have  moderated  the  effects  of  inflation  in  other 
product  categories,  which  resulted  in  minimal  overall  price  changes  in  those  years.    Additional  information 
regarding our LIFO accounting is included under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” included 
in this Financial Review.   

For each of the last three years, we estimate that the Company’s total gross profit margin on sales to customers’ 
warehouses represented about 5% of the segment’s total gross profit dollars.  As previously discussed, from 2007 to 
2009,  the  percentage  of  total  direct  and  warehouse  revenue  attributed  to  our  retail  chain  customers  declined 
compared to our other customer groups.  This decline resulted in a positive impact on the Company’s gross profit 
margin.   

In 2008, our Distribution Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased slightly compared to 2007.  Gross 
profit margin was impacted by higher buy side margins, the benefit of increased sales of generic drugs with higher 
margins,  a  decline  in  impairment  charges  associated  with  the  write-down  of  certain  abandoned  assets  within  our 
Pharmacy Systems and Automation group and an increase associated with a lower proportion of revenues within the 
segment  attributed  to  sales  to  customers’  warehouses.    These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  sell 
margin and LIFO inventory credits ($14 million in 2008 compared with $64 million in 2007).   

In 2007, we contributed $36 million in cash and $45 million in net assets primarily from our Pharmacy Systems 
and  Automation  business  to  Parata  Systems,  LLC  (“Parata,”)  in  exchange  for  a  significant  minority  interest  in 
Parata.  Parata is a manufacturer of pharmacy robotic equipment.  In connection with the investment, we abandoned 
certain assets which resulted in a $15 million charge to cost of sales and we incurred $6 million of other expenses 
related  to  the  transaction  which  were  recorded  within  operating  expenses.    We  did  not  recognize  any  additional 
gains or losses as a result of this transaction as we believed the fair value of our investment in Parata approximated 
the carrying value of consideration contributed to Parata.   

In  2009,  our  Technology  Solutions  segment’s  gross  profit  margin  decreased  compared  to  the  prior  year 
primarily  reflecting  a  change  in  product  mix  and  the  recognition  in  2008  of  $21  million  of  disease  management 
deferred  revenues  for  which  associated  expenses  were  previously  recognized  as  incurred.    In  2008,  Technology 
Solutions  segment’s  gross profit  margin decreased primarily  reflecting a  change  in product  mix  which  included  a 
higher proportion of lower margin Per-Se services revenues.  Partially offsetting this decrease was the recognition of 
$21 million of disease management deferred revenues for which associated expenses were previously recognized as 
incurred.   

31

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Operating Expenses:   

(Dollars in millions) 
Operating Expenses 

Distribution Solutions (1) 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Subtotal 

Securities Litigation credits, net 

Total 

Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,777 
1,096 
309 
4,182 
- 
4,182 

2.68% 
35.77 
3.92 

  $ 

  $ 

2,138 
1,115 
283 
3,536 
(5) 
3,531 

2.17% 
37.37 
3.47 

1,896 
884 
294 
3,074 
(6) 
3,068 

2.09% 
39.48 
3.30 

(1) Operating expenses for 2009 include the $493 million AWP Litigation charge. 

Operating expenses increased 18% to $4.2 billion in 2009 and 15% to $3.5 billion in 2008.  Operating expenses 
for  2009  include  a  pre-tax  charge  of  $493  million  for  the  AWP  Litigation.    Excluding  this  charge,  operating 
expenses increased primarily due to additional expenses incurred to support our sales growth, expenses associated 
with our business acquisitions and higher employee compensation expenses.   

In 2009, we recorded a $493 million charge for the AWP Litigation.  As discussed in Financial Note 18, “Other 
Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  reached  an 
agreement  to  settle  all  private  party  claims  relating  to  First  DataBank,  Inc.’s  published  drug  reimbursement 
benchmarks for $350 million.  The settlement terms, which are subject to final court approval, include an express 
denial of liability of any kind.  We also recorded a reserve for pending and expected AWP-related claims by public 
payors, which is currently estimated to be $143 million. 

The  combination  of  the  AWP  settlement  for  all  private  party  claims  and  the  decision  by  us  to  establish  an 
estimated reserve for the pending and expected AWP-related claims by public payors resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash 
charge  of  $493  million  ($311  million  after-tax).    We  do  not  currently  expect  to  have  difficulties  funding  the 
settlement  payments  associated  with  the  claims  by  private  parties  and  any  settlement  or  other  resolution  of  the 
claims by public payors. 

In 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded share-based compensation expense of $99 million, $91 million and $60 
million.  At the beginning of our fiscal 2007, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 
No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires the recognition of expense resulting from transactions in which 
we  acquire  goods  and  services  by  issuing  our  shares,  share  options  or  other  equity  instruments.    Due  to  the 
accelerated vesting of share-based awards prior to 2007, share-based compensation expense has increased over the 
past two years as share-based compensation is granted and amortized over the requisite service period.  The rate of 
increase from 2009 and 2008 was mitigated by a decrease in our stock price and a change in terms of the grants.  
Share-based  compensation  charges  are  affected  by  a  number  of  variables  as  further  described  under  the  caption 
“Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” included in this financial review.  As a result, actual future share-based 
compensation  expense  may  differ  from  historical  levels  of  expense.    Additional  information  regarding  our  share 
based  payments  is  also  included  in  Financial  Note  3,  “Share-Based  Payment,”  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Over the last three years, we recorded the following reduction in workforce and restructuring charges:  

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

(In millions) 
Reduction in workforce charges (1)

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

Total 

Restructuring charges (credits) 
Distribution Solutions (2)
Technology Solutions (3) (4)
Corporate  
Total 

$ 

  $ 

7 
25 
32 

4 
(2) 
(1) 
1 

- 
8 
8 

8 
9 
2 
19 

27 

7 
20 
27 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
- 
- 

2 
13 
- 
15 

15 

- 
15 
15 

Total reduction in workforce and restructuring charges  $ 

33 

  $ 

Cost of sales (5)
Operating expenses 
Total reduction in workforce and restructuring charges  $ 

$ 

5 
28 
33 

  $ 

  $ 

(1) Although reductions in workforce actions do not constitute a restructuring plan (as defined under U.S. generally accepted 

(2)

(3)

accounting principles (“GAAP,”)) they do represent independent actions taken from time to time, as appropriate. 
In 2008, we incurred $4 million of severance costs associated with the closure of two facilities and $1 million and $3 million 
of severance and asset impairments associated with the integration of OTN. 
In 2008, we incurred $5 million of severance and exit-related costs and a $4 million asset impairment charge for the write-
off of capitalized software costs associated with the termination of a software project. 

(4) Expenses  for  2007  primarily  consisted  of  $8  million  for  employee  severance  costs  associated  with  the  reallocation  of 
product  development  and  marketing  resources  and  the  realignment  of  an  international  business  within  our  Technology 
Solutions segment. 

(5) Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our Technology Solutions segment. 

Up to 2009, we have provided contributions for our profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees 
primarily through a leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”).  In 2008 and 2007, we granted 1 million 
shares per year to plan participants.  ESOP expense and other contribution expense, including interest expense on 
ESOP debt, was $53 million, $13 million and $13 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  ESOP expense for 2008 and 
2007  was  significantly  lower  than  2009  due  to  the  utilization  of  lower  cost  basis  shares  in  the  ESOP  to  fund  the 
Company’s matching contributions.  At March 31, 2009, almost all of the 24 million common shares in the ESOP 
had been allocated to plan participants.  As a result, we will need to fund most of our future PSIP contributions with 
cash or treasury shares.   

As  previously  reported  on  the  PSIP’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  11-K  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  the 
PSIP is a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action (refer to Financial Note 18, 
“Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K).  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement 
funds.  At this time, we do not know the date on which the distribution of settlement funds to the PSIP will occur. 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

On a segment basis, Distribution Solutions’ operating expenses increased over the past two years primarily due 
to the $493 million AWP Litigation charge in 2009, business acquisitions (including OTN and McQueary Brothers) 
and additional costs incurred to support our sales volume growth.  Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues 
increased  primarily  due  to  the  AWP  Litigation  charge  as  well  as  additional  costs  incurred  to  support  our  sales 
volume growth.  Share-based compensation expense for this segment was $26 million for 2009 and 2008 and $17 
million for 2007.   

Technology  Solutions  segment’s  operating  expenses  decreased  in  2009  and  increased  in  2008.    Operating 
expenses for 2009 benefited from cost containment efforts and a decrease in bad debt expense, partially offset by an 
increase  in  net  research  and  development  expenses  and  additional  costs  for  business  acquisitions.    Operating 
expenses  increased  in  2008  primarily  reflecting  higher  employee  compensation,  an  increase  in  net  research  and 
development expenses, additional costs for business acquisitions and higher bad debt expense.  Operating expenses 
as  a  percentage  of  revenues  for  this  segment  have  decreased  over  the  last  two  years  primarily  reflecting  the 
segment’s cost containment efforts and a more favorable business mix.  Share-based compensation expense for this 
segment was $40 million, $35 million and $19 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007.  

Corporate  expenses  increased  in  2009  compared  with  2008  primarily  reflecting  an  increase  in  accounts 
receivable  sales  facility  fees,  compensation  expense  and  additional  costs  incurred  to  support  various  initiatives.  
Corporate  expenses  decreased  in  2008  compared  with  2007  primarily  reflecting  a  decrease  in  legal  expenses 
associated  with  our  Securities  Litigation,  a  decrease  in  charitable  contributions  and  a  decrease  in  other  long-term 
compensation.  Share-based compensation expense for Corporate was $33 million, $30 million and $24 million for 
2009, 2008 and 2007. 

Other Income, net:   

(In millions) 
By Segment 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

(20) 
7 
25 
12 

  $ 

  $ 

35 
11 
75 
121 

  $ 

  $ 

39 
10 
83 
132 

In 2009, other income, net includes a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two 
equity-held investments (as further described below) and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after-tax) from 
the  sale  of  our  42%  equity  interest  in  Verispan,  L.L.C.  (“Verispan,”)  a  data  analytics  company.    The  impairment 
charge  and  the  gain  on  sale  of  our  investment  were  both  recorded  within  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.  
Excluding these items, other income, net decreased over the last two years primarily due to a decrease in interest 
income  due  to  lower  cash  balances  and  interest  rates.    Interest  income,  which  is  primarily  recorded  in  Corporate 
expenses, was $31 million, $89 million and $103 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values of such investment may have experienced an other than temporary decline in value.  During the fourth quarter 
of 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata was lower than its carrying value and that such 
impairment was other than temporary.  Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on 
estimated future results and market capitalization rates.  We determined the impairment was other than temporary 
based  on  our  assessment  of  all  relevant  factors  including  a  deterioration  in  the  investee’s  financial  condition  and 
weak market conditions.  As a result, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $58 million ($55 million after-tax) on this 
investment which is recorded within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.  Our investment 
in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting within our Distribution Solutions segment. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In  2009,  we  also  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  of  $5  million  ($5  million  after-tax)  on  another  equity-held 

investment within our Distribution Solutions segment.  

Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Segment Operating Profit 
Distribution Solutions (1)
Technology Solutions 

Subtotal 

Corporate Expenses, net 
Securities Litigation credits, net 
Interest Expense 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

  $ 

$ 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
- 
(144) 

  $ 

1,483 
319 
1,802 
(208) 
5 
(142) 

1,395 
206 
1,601 
(211) 
6 
(99) 

Taxes  

$ 

1,064 

  $ 

1,457 

  $ 

1,297 

Segment Operating Profit Margin 

Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 

1.12% 
10.90 

1.50% 
10.69 

1.54% 
9.20 

(1) Operating profit for 2009 for our Distribution Solutions segment includes the $493 million pre-tax AWP Litigation charge, 
$63 million of pre-tax charges to write-down two equity-held investments and a $24 million pre-tax gain on the sale of our 
equity investment in Verispan. 

Segment  operating  profit  includes  gross  profit,  net  of  operating  expenses,  and  other  income  for  our  two 

operating segments.   

In 2009, operating profit margin in our Distribution Solutions segment decreased compared with 2008 primarily 
reflecting an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and a decrease in other income, partially 
offset by a higher gross profit margin.  Operating profit in 2009 included the $493 million AWP Litigation charge, 
$63 million of pre-tax charges to write-down two equity-held investments and a $24 million pre-tax gain on the sale 
of the segment’s 42% equity investment in Verispan.  In 2008, operating profit margin in our Distribution Solutions 
segment decreased slightly compared with 2007 primarily reflecting higher operating expenses as a percentage of 
revenues, partially offset by an improved gross profit margin.  

Operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment increased over the last two years primarily due to 
a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit margin.  
Operating profit margin for this segment has benefited from cost containment efforts.   

Corporate expenses, net of other income, increased in 2009 compared with 2008 primarily due to a decrease in 
interest income and an increase in operating expenses.  Corporate expenses, net of other income, decreased in 2008 
compared  with  2007  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  operating  expenses,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  interest 
income.  

Securities  Litigation  Credits,  Net:    In  2008  and  2007,  we  recorded  net  credits  of  $5  million  and  $6  million 
relating  to  various  settlements  for  our  Securities  Litigation.    Recent  developments  pertaining  to  our  Securities 
Litigation  are  described  in  Financial  Note  18,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent  Liabilities,”  to  the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements.   

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Interest  Expense:    Interest  expense  increased  slightly  in  2009  and  43%  to  $142  million  in  2008.    Interest 
expense for 2009 reflects the repayment of $150 million of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the 
issuance  of  $700  million  of  long-term  debt  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.    Interest  expense  in  2008  reflects 
additional expense associated with the issuance of $1.0 billion of long-term debt in the fourth quarter of 2007 as part 
of our $1.8 billion acquisition of Per-Se.  Refer to our discussion under the caption “Credit Resources” within this 
Financial Review for additional information regarding our financing activities.   

Income Taxes:  Our reported tax rates were 22.7%, 32.1% and 25.4% in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  In addition to 
the items noted below, fluctuations in our reported tax rate are primarily due to changes within state and foreign tax 
rates resulting from our business mix, including varying proportions of income attributable to foreign countries that 
have lower income tax rates.   

In 2009, we recorded a $182 million income tax benefit for the AWP Litigation accrual.  The tax benefit could 

change in the future depending on the resolution of the pending and expected claims.   

In  2009,  income  tax  expense  included  $111  million  of  net  income  tax  benefits  for  discrete  items,  which 
primarily  consists  of  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  related  accrued  interest.    The 
recognition of these discrete items is primarily due to the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.  Of the $111 million 
of  net  tax  benefits,  $87  million  represents  a  non-cash  benefit  to  McKesson.    In  addition,  included  within  these 
discrete items is an income tax benefit of $3 million pertaining to our $63 million pre-tax impairment of two equity-
held investments.  The income tax benefit on the impairment is net of a valuation allowance of $22 million.   

In  June  2008,  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  began  its  examination  of  fiscal  years  2003  through 
2006.    On  October  3,  2008,  the  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008  (“Stabilization  Act”),  which 
included  a  retroactive  reinstatement  of  the  federal  research  and  development  credit,  was  signed  into  law.    The 
Stabilization Act extends the federal research and development credit to December 31, 2009.  In 2009, we recorded 
a benefit to our income tax provision as a result of these research and development credits.  In Canada, we received 
an assessment from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $19 million related to transfer pricing for 
2004.  We plan to appeal the assessment.  We believe we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results 
for  2004  and  future  years.    In  nearly  all  jurisdictions,  the  tax  years  prior  to  2003  are  no  longer  subject  to 
examination.  We believe that we have made adequate provision for all remaining income tax uncertainties.   

In 2008, the IRS completed an examination of our consolidated income tax returns for 2000 to 2002 resulting in 
a signed Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”), which was approved by the Joint Committee on Taxation during the third 
quarter of 2008.  The IRS and the Company have agreed to certain adjustments, primarily related to transfer pricing 
and income tax credits.  As a result of the approved RAR, we recognized approximately $25 million of net federal 
and state income tax benefits.  In Canada, we received an assessment from the CRA for a total of $9 million related 
to  transfer  pricing  for  2003.    We  have  filed  an  appeal  with  the  Tax  Court  of  Canada.    We  believe  we  have 
adequately provided for any potential adverse results for 2003.  During 2008, we also favorably concluded various 
foreign examinations, which resulted in the recognition of approximately $4 million of income tax benefits.  Income 
tax expense for 2008 was also impacted by a non-tax deductible $13 million increase in a legal reserve.   

In  2007, we recorded  a  credit  to  current  income  tax  expense of $83  million which primarily  pertained  to our 
receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS holding that our payment of approximately $960 million to settle our 
Consolidated Securities Litigation Action is fully tax-deductible.  We previously established tax reserves to reflect 
the  lack  of  certainty  regarding  the  tax  deductibility  of  settlement  amounts  paid  in  the  Consolidated  Securities 
Litigation  Action  and  related  litigation.    In  2007,  we  also  recorded  $24  million  in  income  tax  benefits  arising 
primarily  from  settlements  and  adjustments  with  various  taxing  authorities  and  research  and  development 
investment tax credits from our Canadian operations.   

36

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Discontinued Operations:

Results from discontinued operations were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Acute Care 
Other 
Income taxes 
Total 

Loss on sales of discontinued operations 
Acute Care 
Other 
Income taxes 
Total 

Discontinued operations, net of taxes
Acute Care 
Other 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, (1)
2007 
2008 

1 
1
(1) 
1

- 
-
- 
-

1 
-
1

  $ 

$

  $ 

$

  $ 

$

(9) 
-
4 
5

(49) 
10
(11) 
(50) 

(66) 
11
(55) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1) No charges for discontinued operations were incurred during 2009. 

In  2007,  we  sold  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Medical-Surgical  Acute  Care  business  to  Owens  & 
Minor, Inc. (“OMI”) for net cash proceeds of approximately $160 million.  Revenues associated with the Acute Care 
business prior to its disposition were $597 million for 2007.   

Financial  results  for  2007  for  this  discontinued  operation  include  an  after-tax  loss  of  $66  million,  which 
primarily consists of an after-tax loss of $61 million for the business’ disposition and $5 million of after-tax losses 
associated with operations, other asset impairment charges and employee severance costs.  The after-tax loss of $61 
million  for  the  business’  disposition  includes  a  $79  million  non-tax  deductible  write-off  of  goodwill,  as  further 
described below.   

In  connection  with  the  divestiture,  we  allocated  a  portion  of  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Medical-
Surgical Distribution business’ goodwill to the Acute Care business as required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and 
Other Intangible Assets.”  The allocation was based on the relative fair values of the Acute Care business and the 
continuing  businesses  that  are  being  retained  by  the  Company.    The  fair  value  of  the  Acute  Care  business  was 
determined based on the net cash proceeds resulting from the divestiture.  As a result, we allocated $79 million of 
the segment’s goodwill to the Acute Care business.   

Additionally, as part of the divestiture, we entered into a transition services agreement (“TSA”) with OMI under 
which  we  provided  certain  services  to  the  Acute  Care  business  during  a  transition  period  of  approximately  six 
months.    Financial  results  from  the  TSA,  as  well  as  employee  severance  charges  over  the  transition  period,  were 
recorded as part of discontinued operations.  The continuing cash flows generated from the TSA were not material to 
our consolidated financial statements and the TSA was completed as of March 31, 2007.   

In the second quarter of 2007, we also sold a wholly-owned subsidiary, Pharmaceutical Buyers Inc., for net cash 
proceeds of $10 million.  The divestiture resulted in an after-tax gain of $5 million resulting from the tax basis of the 
subsidiary exceeding its carrying value.  Financial results for this business, which were previously included in our 
Distribution Solutions segment, were not material to our consolidated financial statements. 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

The results for discontinued operations for 2007 also include an after-tax gain of $6 million associated with the 

collection of a note receivable from a business sold in 2003 and the sale of a small business.  

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets,” 

financial results for these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.   

Net Income:  Net income was $823 million, $990 million and $913 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 and diluted 
earnings per share was $2.95, $3.32 and $2.99.  The net income and diluted earnings per share for 2009 included a 
pre-tax charge of $493 million ($311 million after-tax) for the AWP Litigation as discussed in further detail under 
the caption “Operating Expenses” in this financial review.   

Weighted Average Diluted Shares Outstanding:  Diluted earnings per share was calculated based on a weighted 
average number of shares outstanding of 279 million, 298 million and 305 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007.  The 
decrease in the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding over the past two years primarily reflects a 
decrease in the number of common shares outstanding as a result of stock repurchased, partially offset by exercised 
stock options. 

International Operations 

International  operations  accounted  for  7.9%,  8.2%  and  7.5%  of  2009,  2008  and  2007  consolidated  revenues.  
International operations are subject to certain risks, including currency fluctuations.  We monitor our operations and 
adopt strategies responsive to changes in the economic and political environment in each of the countries in which 
we  operate.    Additional  information  regarding  our  international  operations  is  also  included  in  Financial  Note  22, 
“Segments of Business,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Acquisitions and Investment 

In 2009, we made the following acquisition: 

− On May 21, 2008, we acquired McQueary Brothers of Springfield, Missouri for approximately $190  million.  
McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of pharmaceutical, health and beauty products to independent and 
regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S.  This acquisition expanded our existing U.S. pharmaceutical 
distribution  business.    The  acquisition  was  funded  with  cash  on  hand.    Approximately  $126  million  of  the 
purchase price allocation has been assigned to goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits 
from  synergies  to  be  realized  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation  are 
acquired  identifiable  intangibles  of  $61  million  representing  a  customer  relationship  with  a  useful  life  of  7 
years, a trade name of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 
million with a useful life of 4 years.  Financial results for McQueary Brothers have been included within our 
Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition. 

In 2008, we made the following acquisition: 

− On  October  29,  2007,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  OTN  of  San  Francisco,  California  for 
approximately  $519  million,  including  the  assumption  of  debt  and  net  of  $31  million  of  cash  and  cash 
equivalents  acquired  from  OTN.    OTN  is  a  U.S.  distributor  of  specialty  pharmaceuticals.    The  acquisition  of 
OTN  expanded  our  existing  specialty  pharmaceutical  distribution  business.    The  acquisition  was  funded  with 
cash on hand.  Financial results for OTN are included within our Distribution Solutions segment since the date 
of  acquisition.    Approximately  $240  million  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  has  been  assigned  to  goodwill, 
which primarily reflects the expected future benefits from synergies upon integrating the business.  Included in 
the  purchase  price  allocation  are  acquired  identifiable  intangibles  of  $115  million  representing  customer 
relationships  with  a  weighted-average  life  of  9  years,  developed  technology  of  $3  million  with  a  weighted-
average life of 4 years and trademarks and trade names of $10 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years.   

38

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

In 2007, we made the following acquisitions and investment: 

− On January 26, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Per-Se of Alpharetta, Georgia for $28.00 per 
share in cash plus the assumption of Per-Se’s debt, or approximately $1.8 billion in aggregate, including cash 
acquired of $76 million.  Per-Se is a leading provider of financial and administrative healthcare solutions for 
hospitals, physicians and retail pharmacies.  The acquisition of Per-Se is consistent with the Company’s strategy 
of providing products that help solve clinical, financial and business processes within the healthcare industry.  
The  acquisition  was  initially  funded  with  cash  on  hand  and  through  the  use  of  an  interim  credit  facility.    In 
March 2007, we issued $1 billion of long-term debt, with such net proceeds after offering expenses from the 
issuance, together with cash on hand, being used to fully repay borrowings outstanding under the interim credit 
facility (refer to Financial Note 12, “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing” to the accompanying consolidated 
financial  statements).    Financial  results  for  Per-Se  are  primarily  included  within  our  Technology  Solutions 
segment. 

Approximately $1,258 million of the purchase price allocation has been assigned to goodwill, which primarily 
reflects  the  expected  future  benefits  from  synergies  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase 
price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $402 million representing customer relationships with a 
weighted-average life of 10 years, developed technology of $56 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years 
and trademark and trade names of $13 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years.   

In  connection  with  the  purchase  price  allocation,  we  have  estimated  the  fair  value  of  the  support  obligations 
assumed  from  Per-Se  in  connection  with  the  acquisition.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  these  obligations  was 
determined utilizing a cost build-up approach.  The cost build-up approach determines fair value by estimating 
the costs relating to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin.  The sum of the costs and operating 
profit  approximates,  in  theory,  the  amount  that  we  would  be  required  to  pay  a  third  party  to  assume  these 
obligations.    As  a  result,  in  allocating  the  purchase  price,  we  recorded  an  adjustment  to  reduce  the  carrying 
value of Per-Se’s deferred revenue by $17 million to $30 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value 
of the obligation assumed. 

− Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  acquired  RelayHealth  Corporation  (“RelayHealth”)  based  in  Emeryville, 
California.    RelayHealth  is  a  provider  of  secure  online  healthcare  communication  services  linking  patients, 
healthcare  professionals,  payors  and  pharmacies.    This  segment  also  acquired  two  other  entities,  one 
specializing  in  patient  billing  solutions  designed  to  simplify  and  enhance  healthcare  providers’  financial 
interactions  with  their  patients  and  the  other  a  provider  of  integrated  software  for  electronic  health  records, 
medical billing and appointment scheduling for independent physician practices.  The total cost of these three 
entities was $90 million, which was paid in cash.  Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $63 
million. 

− Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  acquired  Sterling  Medical  Services,  LLC  (“Sterling,”)  which  is  based  in 
Moorestown, New Jersey.  Sterling is a national provider and distributor of disposable medical supplies, health 
management services and quality management programs to the home care market.  This segment also acquired a 
medical supply sourcing agent.  The total cost of these two entities was $95 million, which was paid in cash.  
Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $47 million. 

− We  contributed  $36  million  in  cash  and  $45  million  in  net  assets  primarily  from  our  Pharmacy  Systems  and 
Automation  business  to  Parata,  in  exchange  for  a  significant  minority  interest  in  Parata.    Parata  is  a 
manufacturer of pharmacy robotic equipment.   

39

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions and investments within 
both  of  our  operating  segments.    Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our 
consolidated  financial  statements  since  their  respective  acquisition  dates.    Purchase  prices  for  our  business 
acquisitions  have  been  allocated  based  on  estimated  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition  and  for  certain  recent 
acquisitions, may be subject to change as we continue to evaluate and implement various restructuring initiatives.  
Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is not generally expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  Pro 
forma  results  of  operations  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  not  been  presented  because  the  effects  were  not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.  Refer to Financial 
Note  2,  “Acquisitions  and  Investment,”  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further 
discussions regarding our acquisitions and investing activities.   

2010 Outlook 

Information  regarding  the  Company’s  2010  outlook  is  contained  in  our  Form  8-K  dated  May  4,  2009.    This 
Form  8-K  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  sections  “Factors  Affecting  Forward-looking  Statements”  and 
“Additional Factors That May Affect Future Results” included in this Financial Review. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters 
that were uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could 
have used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period 
to  period,  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  from  operations.    Below  are  the 
estimates  that  we  believe  are  critical  to the  understanding  of  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition.    Other 
accounting  policies  are  described  in  Financial  Note  1,  “Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  to  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements.  Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ 
from these estimates. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  We provide short-term credit and other customer financing arrangements to 
customers  who  purchase  our  products  and  services.    Other  customer  financing  primarily  relates  to  guarantees 
provided to our customers, or their creditors, regarding the repurchase of inventories.  We also provide financing to 
certain  customers related  to  the purchase of  pharmacies,  which  serve  as  collateral for the  loans.   We  estimate  the 
receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge 
regarding  the  current  creditworthiness  of  our  customers.    An  allowance  is  recorded  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for these amounts.   

In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes portfolio and specific reserves, 
the  Company  reviews  accounts  receivable  aging,  industry  trends,  customer  financial  strength,  credit  standing, 
historical write-off trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection.  If the frequency and severity 
of  customer  defaults  due  to  our  customers’  financial  condition  or  general  economic  conditions  change,  our 
allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  may  require  adjustment.    As  a  result,  we  continuously  monitor  outstanding 
receivables and other customer financing and adjust allowances for accounts where collection may be in doubt.  At 
March 31, 2009, revenues and accounts receivable from our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 52% 
of consolidated revenues and approximately 49% of accounts receivable.  At March 31, 2009, revenues and accounts 
receivable  from  our  two  largest  customers,  CVS  Caremark  Corporation  (“Caremark”)  and  Rite  Aid  Corporation 
(“Rite Aid”), represented approximately 14% and 12% of total consolidated revenues and 14% and 10% of accounts 
receivable.    As  a  result,  our  sales  and  credit  concentration  is  significant.    Any  defaults  in  payment  or  a  material 
reduction  in  purchases  from  this  or  any  other  large  customer  could  have  a  significant  negative  impact  on  our 
financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.   

40

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Reserve  methodologies  are  assessed  annually  based  on  historical  losses  and  economic,  business  and  market 
trends.  In addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present.  We 
believe  the  reserves  maintained  and  expenses  recorded  in  2009  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  historical 
methodologies employed.  At this time, we are not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead 
to a significant future increase in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net revenue. 

At March 31, 2009, trade and notes receivables were $7,029 million prior to allowances of $152 million.  In 
2009, 2008 and 2007 our provision for bad debts was $29 million, $41 million and $24 million.  At March 31, 2009 
and 2008, the allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables was 2.2% and 2.5%.  An increase or decrease 
of 0.1% in the 2009 allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables would result in an increase or decrease 
in the provision on receivables of approximately $7 million.  Additional information concerning our allowance for 
doubtful accounts may be found in Schedule II included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Inventories:    We  state  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  (“LCM.”)    Inventories  for  our  Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the cost of domestic inventories is determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and Canadian inventories are 
stated using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of computer 
hardware with cost determined by the standard cost method.  Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, chargebacks 
and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and 
are recognized when the inventory is sold.  Total inventories were $8.5 billion and $9.0 billion at March 31, 2009 
and 2008.   

The LIFO method was used to value approximately 88% of our inventories at March 31, 2009 and 2008.  At 
March 31, 2009 and 2008, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments (discussed below), were $85 million and $77 
million.  LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2009, 2008 and 2007, we 
recognized  net  LIFO  expense  of  $8  million  and  net  LIFO  credits  of  $14  million  and  $64  million  within  our 
consolidated  statements  of  operations.    A  LIFO  expense  is  recognized  when  the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on 
branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-pharmaceutical  products  held  in  inventory  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines 
and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceutical  products,  including  the  effect  of  branded  pharmaceutical  products  that 
have  lost  market  exclusivity.    A  LIFO  credit  is  recognized  when  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards 
generic  pharmaceutical  products  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on  branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-
pharmaceutical  products  held  in  inventory.    In  2009,  our  $8  million  net  LIFO  expense  related  to  our  non-
pharmaceutical products.   

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as 
valued  under  FIFO.    Primarily  due  to  continued  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceutical  inventories,  pharmaceutical 
inventories  at  LIFO  were  $107  million  and  $43  million  higher  than  FIFO  as  of  March  31,  2009  and  2008.    As  a 
result,  in  2009  and  2008,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $64  million  and  $43  million  within  our  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  to  adjust  our  LIFO  inventories  to  market.    As  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceuticals 
continues, we anticipate that LIFO credits from our pharmaceutical products will be fully offset by LCM reserves.   

In  determining  whether  inventory  valuation  issues  exist,  we  consider  various  factors  including  estimated 
quantities  of  slow-moving  inventory  by  reviewing  on-hand  quantities,  outstanding  purchase  obligations  and 
forecasted sales.  Shifts in market trends and conditions, changes in customer preferences due to the introduction of 
generic drugs or new pharmaceutical products or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could 
affect the value of our inventories.  We provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, if indicated as a result of 
these reviews.  These factors could make our estimates of inventory valuation differ from actual results.   

41

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Acquisitions:  We account for acquired businesses using the purchase method of accounting which requires that 
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  Any 
excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  net  assets  acquired  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  
Amounts  allocated  to  acquired  in-process  research  and  development  are  expensed  at  the  date  of  acquisition.    The 
judgments  made  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  assigned  to  each  class  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed,  as  well  as  asset  lives,  can  materially  impact  our  results  of  operations.    The  valuations  are  based  on 
information  available  near  the  acquisition  date  and  are  based  on  expectations  and  assumptions  that  have  been 
deemed reasonable by management. 

There are several methods that can be used to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  
For intangible assets, we typically use the income method.  This method starts with a forecast of all of the expected 
future net cash flows.  These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate 
that  reflects  the  risk  factors  associated  with  the  cash  flow  streams.    Some  of  the  more  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount and timing of projected future cash 
flows,  the  discount  rate  selected  to  measure  the  risks  inherent  in  the  future  cash  flows  and  the  assessment  of  the 
asset’s  life  cycle  and  the  competitive  trends  impacting  the  asset,  including  consideration  of  any  technical,  legal, 
regulatory or economic barriers to entry.  Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as 
different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may even be considered to have 
indefinite useful lives.  Refer to Financial Note 2, “Acquisitions and Investment,” to the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements for additional information regarding our acquisitions.   

Goodwill:  As a result of acquiring businesses, we have $3,528 million and $3,345 million of goodwill at March 
31, 2009 and 2008.  We maintain goodwill assets on our books unless the assets are deemed to be impaired.  We 
perform an impairment test on goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators for 
potential  impairment  exist.    Indicators  that  are  considered  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  significant  changes  in 
performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative 
industry or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a 
sustained period of time.   

Impairment testing is conducted at the reporting unit level, which is generally defined as a component -- one 
level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete financial 
information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit.  Components 
that have essentially similar operations, products, services and customers are aggregated as a single reporting unit.  
Management  judgment  is  involved  in  determining  which  components  may  be  combined  and  changes  in  these 
combinations could affect the outcome of the testing. 

Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net 
assets for the reporting units.  If carrying value exceeds fair value, a second step would be performed to calculate the 
amount  of  impairment,  which  would  be  recorded  as  a  charge  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Fair 
values can be determined using market, income or cost approaches.  To estimate the fair value of a business using 
the  market  approach,  we  compare  the  business  to  similar  businesses  or  guideline  companies  whose  securities  are 
actively traded in public markets or the income approach, where we use a discounted cash flow model in which cash 
flows anticipated over several periods, plus a terminal value at the end of that time horizon, are discounted to their 
present value using an appropriate rate of return. 

Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the goodwill impairment estimation process 
using  the  market  approach  include  the  selection  of  appropriate  guideline  companies,  the  determination  of  market 
value multiples for the guideline companies, the subsequent selection of an appropriate market value multiple for the 
business  based  on  a  comparison  of  the  business  to  the  guideline  companies,  the  determination  of  applicable 
premiums  and  discounts  based  on  any  differences  in  marketability  between  the  business  and  the  guideline 
companies, projected earnings and revenues for the business and when considering the income approach, include the 
required  rate  of  return  used  in  the  discounted  cash  flow method, which  reflects  capital  market  conditions  and  the 
specific  risks  associated  with  the  business.    Other  estimates  inherent  in  the  income  approach  include  long-term 
growth rates and cash flow forecasts for the business.   

42

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Estimates of fair value result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely 
heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions  at  a  point  in  time.   The judgments  made  in  determining  an  estimate  of  fair 
value can materially impact our results of operations.  The valuations are based on information available as of the 
impairment  review  date  and  are  based  on  expectations  and  assumptions  that  have  been  deemed  reasonable  by 
management.  Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in 
the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates 
and could potentially result in an impairment charge.   

In 2009 and 2008, we concluded that there was no impairment of our goodwill.  In September 2006, we sold our 
Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Acute  Care  medical-surgical  supply  business  and  allocated  $79  million  of  the 
segment’s goodwill to the divested business.  The allocation was based on the relative fair values of the Acute Care 
business and continuing businesses that were retained by the Company.   

Supplier  Incentives:    We  receive  fees  for  service  and  other  incentives  from  our  suppliers,  such  as  volume-
related rebates and cash discounts, relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory.  We consider these fees and 
other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product 
cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.   

Supplier Reserves:  We establish reserves against amounts due from our suppliers relating to various price and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them  from  us.    These 
reserve  estimates  are  established  based  on  our  best  judgment  after  carefully  considering  the  status  of  current 
outstanding claims, historical experience with the suppliers, the specific incentive programs and any other pertinent 
information available to us including the vendor’s financial condition.  We evaluate amounts due from our suppliers 
on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances.  
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, supplier reserves were $113 million and $82 million.  All of the supplier reserves at 
March 31, 2009 and 2008 pertain to our Distribution Solutions segment.  A hypothetical 0.1% percentage increase 
or decrease in the supplier reserve as a percentage of trade payables would have resulted in an increase or decrease 
in  the  cost  of  sales  of  approximately  $11  million  in  2009.    The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  amounts  due  from  our 
suppliers may be different from our estimate.   

Income  Taxes:    Our  income  tax  expense,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect  management’s  best 
assessment  of  estimated  current  and  future  taxes  to  be  paid.    We  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and 
numerous  foreign jurisdictions.    Significant  judgments  and estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated 
income  tax  provision  and  in  evaluating  income  tax  uncertainties  under  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board 
Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.”  We review our tax positions at the 
end of each quarter and adjust the balances as new information becomes available. 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of 
revenue and expense.  In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive 
and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative net operating losses in the 
most  recent  years  and  our  forecast  of  future  taxable  income.    In  estimating  future  taxable  income,  we  develop 
assumptions  including  the  amount  of  future  state,  federal  and  foreign  pre-tax  operating  income,  the  reversal  of 
temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies.  These assumptions 
require  significant  judgment  about  the  forecasts  of  future  taxable  income  and  are  consistent  with  the  plans  and 
estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses.  We had deferred income tax assets of $1,572 million and 
$1,290  million  at  March  31,  2009  and  2008  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  $1,889  million  and  $1,555  million.  
Deferred  tax  assets  primarily  consist  of  net  loss  carryforwards  and  timing  differences  on  our  compensation  and 
benefit related accruals as well as on our AWP Litigation accrual.  Deferred tax liabilities primarily consist of basis 
differences for inventory valuation (including inventory valued at LIFO) and other assets.  We established valuation 
allowances of $125 million and $27 million, against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relates to federal, 
state and foreign loss carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain.  Changes in tax 
laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.  Should tax laws change, 
including those laws pertaining to LIFO, our cash flows could be materially impacted.  Management is currently not 
aware of any such changes that could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or 
financial position. 

43

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

If our assumptions and estimates described above were to change, an increase/decrease of 1% in our effective 
tax  rate  as  applied  to  income  from  continuing  operations  would  have  increased/decreased  tax  expense  by 
approximately $11 million, or $0.04 per diluted share, for 2009.   

Share-Based Payment:  Our compensation programs include share-based payments.  We account for all share-
based payment transactions using a fair-value based measurement method.  The share-based compensation expense 
is  recognized,  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest,  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
requisite service period for those awards with graded vesting and service conditions.  For awards with performance 
conditions  and  multiple  vest  dates,  we  recognize  the  expense  on  a  graded  vesting  basis.    For  awards  with 
performance  conditions  and  a  single  vest  date,  we  recognize  the  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis.    We  utilize  the 
“short-cut” method for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation.  

We estimate the grant-date fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  
We  believe  that  it  is  difficult  to  accurately  measure  the  value  of  an  employee  stock  option.    Our  estimates  of 
employee  stock  option  values  rely  on  estimates  of  factors  we  input  into  the  model.    The  key  factors  involve  an 
estimate  of  future  uncertain  events.    The  key  factors  influencing  the  estimation  process,  among  others,  are  the 
expected life of the option, the expected stock price volatility factor and the expected dividend yield.  In determining 
the expected life of the option, we primarily use historical experience as our best estimate of future exercise patterns.  
We  use  a  combination  of  historical  and  implied  market  volatility  to  determine  the  expected  stock  price  volatility 
factor.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock price movements and 
is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations.  Once the fair values of employee stock options 
are  determined,  current  accounting  practices  do  not  permit  them  to  be  changed,  even  if  the  estimates  used  are 
different from actual.   

In addition, we develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will ultimately vest primarily 
based on historical experience.  Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a material effect on share-based 
compensation expense.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is 
made  to  increase  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  a  decrease  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial  statements.   If the actual forfeiture rate is  lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment  is 
made  to  decrease  the  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which  will  result  in  an  increase  to  the  expense  recognized  in  the 
financial statements.  We re-assess the estimated forfeiture rate established upon grant periodically throughout the 
requisite service period.  Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures.  As required, the 
forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests.  The actual forfeitures in future 
reporting periods could be materially higher or lower than our current estimates.   

Our  assessments  of  estimated  share-based  compensation  charges  are  affected  by  our  stock  price  as  well  as 
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables and the related tax impact.  These variables 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  volatility  of  our  stock  price,  employee  stock  option  exercise  behavior,  timing, 
number  and  types of  annual share-based  awards  and  the attainment  of performance  goals.   As  a  result,  the  future 
share-based  compensation  expense  may  differ  from  the  Company’s  historical  amounts.    In  2009,  2008  and  2007, 
share-based compensation expense was $0.23, $0.20 and $0.13 per diluted share.   

Loss Contingencies: We are subject to various claims, pending and potential legal actions for product liability 
and other damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the 
normal  conduct  of  business.    Each  significant  matter  is  regularly  reviewed  and  assessed  for  potential  financial 
exposure.    If  a  potential  loss is  considered  probable  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated,  we  accrue  a  liability  in  the 
consolidated financial statements.  The assessment of probability and estimation of amount is highly subjective and 
requires  significant  judgment  due  to  uncertainties  related  to  these  matters  and  is  based  on  the  best  information 
available at the time.  The accruals are adjusted, as appropriate, as additional information becomes available.  We 
regularly  review  contingencies  to determine  the  adequacy of  the accruals  and related  disclosures.   The  amount of 
actual loss may differ significantly from these estimates. 

44

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY, AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

We  expect  our  available  cash  generated from  operations, together  with  our  existing sources of  liquidity  from 
our accounts receivable sales facility and short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial 
paper, will be sufficient to fund our long-term and short-term capital expenditures, working capital and other cash 
requirements.   In  addition, from  time  to  time,  we  may  access  the  long-term  debt  capital  markets  to  discharge our 
other liabilities.   

Net cash flow from operating activities was $1,351 million in 2009, compared with $869 million in 2008 and 
$1,539  million  in  2007.    Operating  activities  for  2009  include  a  non-cash  charge  of  $493  million  and  the  related 
income  tax  benefit  of  $182  million  for  the  AWP  Litigation.    Operating  activities  for  2009  reflect  an  increase  in 
receivables  primarily  associated  with  our  revenue  growth  as  well  as  longer  payment  terms  for  customers  and 
improvement in our net financial inventory (inventory, net of accounts payable).  Cash flows from operations can 
also be significantly impacted by factors such as the timing of receipts from customers and payments to vendors.   

Operating activities for 2008 were affected by a use of cash of $962 million due to the release of restricted cash 
for  our  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action.    In  addition,  operating  activities  in  2008  reflect  changes  in  our 
working capital accounts due to revenue growth.   

Operating activities for 2007 benefited from improved accounts receivable management, reflecting changes in 
our  customer  mix,  our  termination  of  a  customer  contract  and  an  increase  in  accounts  payable  associated  with 
improved  payment  terms.    These  benefits  were  partially  offset  by  increases  in  inventory  needed  to  support  our 
growth and timing of inventory receipts.  Operating activities for 2007 also include payments of $25 million for the 
settlements of Securities Litigation cases.   

Net cash used in investing activities was $727 million in 2009, compared with $5 million in 2008 and $2,108 
million  in  2007.    Investing  activities  for  2009  include  $358  million  of  cash  payments  for  business  acquisitions, 
including  the  McQueary  Brothers  acquisition  for  approximately  $190  million.    Investing  activities  for  2008 
benefited  from  the  $962  million  release  of  restricted  cash  for  our  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action.  
Investing activities include $610 million in 2008 of cash paid for business acquisitions, including OTN.  Investing 
activities for 2007 reflect $1,938 million of cash paid for our business acquisitions (including $1.8 billion for Per-
Se).    Investing  activities  for  2007  also  reflect  $179  million  of  cash  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  various  businesses, 
including net cash proceeds of $160 million for the sale of our Acute Care business.   

Financing activities provided cash of $178 million in 2009, utilized cash of $1,470 million in 2008 and provided 
cash of $379 million in 2007.  Financing activities for 2009 include our February 2009 issuance of $350 million of 
6.50% notes due 2014 and $350 million of 7.50% notes due 2019.  Net proceeds of $699 million from the issuance 
of  the  notes,  after  offering  expenses,  will  be  used  by  the  Company  for  general  corporate  purposes.    Financing 
activities for 2009 were also impacted by $502 million of cash paid for share repurchases, $116 million of dividends 
paid and $97 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises of stock options.   

Financing  activities  for  2008  include  $1.7  billion  of  cash  paid  for  stock  repurchases  and  $70  million  of 

dividends paid, partially offset by $354 million of cash receipts from common stock issuances.   

45

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Financing activities for 2007 include our March 2007 issuance of $500 million of 5.25% notes due 2013 and 
$500 million of 5.70% notes due 2017.  Net proceeds of $997 million from the issuance of the notes, after offering 
expenses, were used, together with cash on hand, to repay $1.0 billion of short-term  borrowings then outstanding 
under the interim facility we entered into in connection with the acquisition of Per-Se.  Financing activities for 2007 
also  include  $1.0  billion  of  cash  paid for  stock  repurchases  and  $72  million  of  dividends paid, partially  offset  by 
$399 million of cash receipts from common stock issuances.   

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has authorized the repurchase of McKesson’s common stock 
from  time  to  time  in  open  market or  private  transactions,  which  is described  in  more detail  in  Financial  Note 19, 
“Stockholders’ Equity,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the 
Company  repurchased  $484  million,  $1,686  million  and  $1,001  million of  its  common  stock  at  average  prices  of 
$50.52, $59.48 and $51.46.  As of March 31, 2009, $830 million remained available for future repurchases under the 
outstanding April 2008 Board approved share repurchase plan.   

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time to time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  During the second quarter of 2009, all of 
the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price 
over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a 
decrease to retained earnings.   

In April 2008, the Board approved a change in the Company’s dividend policy by increasing the amount of the 
Company’s  quarterly  dividend  from  six  cents  to  twelve  cents  per  share,  applicable  to  ensuing  quarterly  dividend 
declarations until further action by the Board.  The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash 
dividends in the future.  However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the 
Board  and  will  depend  upon  the  Company’s  future  earnings,  financial  condition,  capital  requirements  and  other 
factors.   

Although we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, 
as evidenced by our most recent debt issuance in February 2009, including our existing credit and sales facilities, 
will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that 
continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity 
or increase our costs of borrowing. 

Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources: 

(Dollars in millions) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital  
Debt, net of cash and cash equivalents 
Debt to capital ratio (1)
Net debt to net capital employed (2)
Return on stockholders’ equity (3)

  $ 

$ 

2009 
2,109 
3,065 
403 
28.9% 
6.1% 
13.2% 

March 31, 
2008 
1,362 
2,438 
435 
22.7% 
6.6% 
15.6% 

  $ 

2007 

1,954 
2,730 
4 
23.8% 
0.1% 
15.2% 

(1) Ratio is computed as total debt divided by total debt and stockholders’ equity. 
(2) Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity 

(“net capital employed”). 

(3) Ratio is computed as net income, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Our cash and equivalents balance as of March 31, 2009 included approximately $900 million of cash held by 
our subsidiaries outside of the United States.  Although the vast majority of cash held outside the United States is 
available for repatriation, doing so could subject us to U.S. federal, state and local income tax.  We may temporarily 
access  cash  held  by  foreign  subsidiaries without  subjecting  us  to U.S.  federal, state  and  local  income  tax  through 
intercompany loans.  A notice issued by the IRS in January 2009 announced that the Treasury Department will, for a 
temporary  period,  extend  the  permitted  duration  of  such  intercompany  loans  that  qualify  for  suspended  deemed 
dividend  treatment  under  Section  956  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.    Pursuant  to  the  IRS 
notice, such intercompany loans from foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. parent must be less than 60 days in duration 
and  borrowing  activities  cannot  exceed  180  cumulative  days  during  the  year.    At  March  31,  2009,  there  were  no 
intercompany loans outstanding.  The position set forth in the notice will apply for the Company until March 31, 
2011.   

Working  capital  primarily  includes  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  receivables,  inventories,  net  of  drafts  and 
accounts payable and other current liabilities.  Our Distribution Solutions segment requires a substantial investment 
in working capital that is susceptible to large variations during the year as a result of inventory purchase patterns and 
seasonal  demands.    Inventory  purchase  activity  is  a  function  of  sales  activity  and  new  customer  build-up 
requirements.   

Consolidated  working  capital  increased  at  March  31,  2009  compared  with  March  31,  2008  primarily  due  to 
increases in cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable, partially offset by our $493 million AWP Litigation 
accrual and a higher current portion of long-term debt.  Consolidated working capital decreased at March 31, 2008 
compared with March 31, 2007 primarily due to a decrease in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease in net financial 
inventory  (inventory,  net  of  drafts  and  accounts  payable)  and  an  increase  in  other  accrued  liabilities.    These 
decreases  in  working  capital  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  account  receivables  and  the  one-time  benefit 
associated with a $420 million reclassification of short-term tax liabilities to long-term liabilities as a result of our 
implementation of FIN No. 48.   

Our  ratio  of  net  debt  to  net  capital  employed  decreased  at  March  31,  2009  compared  with  March  31,  2008 
primarily  reflecting  an  increase  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  partially  offset  by  our  issuance  of  $700  million  of 
long-term  debt.    This  ratio  increased  at  March  31,  2008  compared  with  March  31,  2007  primarily  reflecting  a 
decrease in cash and cash equivalents. 

The Company has paid quarterly cash dividends at the rate of $0.06 per share on its common stock since the 
fourth quarter of 1999.  A dividend of $0.06 per share was declared by the Board on January 23, 2008 and was paid 
on  April  1,  2008  to  stockholders  of  record  at  the  close  of  business  on  March  3,  2008.    In  April  2008,  the  Board 
approved a change in the Company’s dividend policy by increasing the amount of the Company’s quarterly dividend 
from six cents to twelve cents per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations until further action by 
the Board.  The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future.  However, 
the  payment  and  amount  of  future  dividends  remain  within  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  will  depend  upon  the 
Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.  In 2009, 2008 and 2007, we 
paid total cash dividends of $116 million, $70 million and $72 million.   

47

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Contractual Obligations: 

The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2009: 

$ 

(In millions) 
On balance sheet 
Long-term debt  (1) 
Interest on borrowings  (2) 
Other  (3)
Off balance sheet 
Purchase obligations  (4) 
Customer guarantees  (5) 
Operating lease obligations (6)  
$ 

Total 

Total 

  Within 1 

  Over 1 to 3 

  Over 3 to 5 

After 5 

Years 

2,509 
1,052 
683 

3,574 
114 
427 
8,359 

  $ 

  $ 

219 
166 
379 

3,353 
51 
105 
4,273 

  $ 

  $ 

419 
293 
55 

110 
24 
162 
1,063 

  $ 

  $ 

848 
205 
44 

82 
1 
81 
1,261 

  $ 

  $ 

1,023 
388 
205 

29 
38 
79 
1,762 

(1) Represents maturities of the Company’s long-term obligations including capital lease obligations.  See Financial Note 12, 

“Long-Term Debt and Other Financing,” for further information. 

(2) Primarily represents interest that will be due in the future on our fixed rate long-term debt obligations.   
(3) Primarily includes our AWP Litigation accrual and our estimated payments for pension and postretirement plans. 
(4) A purchase obligation is defined as an arrangement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on 
the Company.  These obligations primarily relate to inventory purchases, capital commitments and service agreements.   
(5) Represents primarily agreements with certain of our customers’ financial institutions (primarily for our Canadian business) 
under which we have guaranteed the repurchase of inventory at a discount in the event these customers are unable to meet 
certain obligations to those financial institutions.  Among other limitations, these inventories must be in resalable condition.
The  inventory  repurchase  agreements  mostly  range  from  one  to  two  years.    Customer  guarantees  range  from  one  to  five 
years  and  were  primarily  provided  to  facilitate  financing  for  certain  customers.    The  majority  of  our  other  customer 
guarantees  are  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  customer.    At  March  31,  2009,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory 
repurchase guarantees and other customer guarantees were $102 million and $10 million.  We consider it unlikely that we 
would make significant payments under these guarantees and accordingly, no amounts had been accrued at March 31, 2009.  
Refer to Financial Note 17, “Financial Guarantees and Warranties,” for further information. 

(6) Represents minimum rental payments and the related future interest payments for operating leases.  See Financial Note 16, 

“Lease Obligations,” for further information. 

At March 31, 2009, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, 
was  approximately  $526  million  pursuant  to  FIN  No.  48,  “Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes.”    This 
liability represents an estimate of tax positions that the Company has taken in its tax returns which may ultimately 
not be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash 
settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, the estimated FIN No. 48 liability has been excluded from 
the contractual obligations table. 

In addition, our banks and insurance companies have issued $115 million of standby letters of credit and surety 
bonds on our behalf mostly in order to meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and 
fiduciary obligations and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs.   

Credit Resources: 

We  fund  our working  capital  requirements  primarily  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  our  accounts  receivable 

sales facility, short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial paper.   

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility: 

In  June  2008,  we  renewed  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  under  substantially  similar  terms  to  those 
previously in place, except that we increased the committed balance from $700 million to $1.0 billion.  The renewed 
facility  expires  in  June  2009.    We  anticipate  renewing  this  facility  before  its  expiration.    Through  this  facility, 
McKesson  Corporation  sells  certain  U.S.  Pharmaceutical  trade  accounts  receivable  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  a 
wholly-owned and  consolidated  subsidiary which  then  sells  these  receivables  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”), 
which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of  McKesson  Corporation  that  is  consolidated  in  our 
financial statements.  This SPE then sells undivided interests in the receivables to third-party purchaser groups, each 
of which includes commercial paper conduits (“Conduits”), which are special purpose corporations administered by 
financial institutions.   

Sales  of  undivided  interests  in  the  receivables  by  the  SPE  to  the  Conduits  are  accounted  for  as  a  sale  in 
accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments 
of  Liabilities,”  because  we  have  relinquished  control  of  the  receivables.    Accordingly,  accounts  receivable  sold 
under  these  transactions  are  excluded  from  receivables,  net  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  
Receivables  sold  and  receivables  retained  by  the  Company  are  carried  at  face  value,  which  due  to  the  short-term 
nature of our accounts receivable and terms of the facility, approximates fair value.  McKesson receives cash in the 
amount of  the face  value  for the  receivables  sold.    No  gain  or  loss  is recorded  upon  sale  as  fee  charges  from  the 
Conduits are based upon a floating yield rate and the period the undivided interests remain outstanding.  Fee charges 
from  the  Conduits  are  accrued  at  the  end  of  each  month.    Should  we  default  under  the  accounts  receivable  sales 
facility, the Conduits are entitled to receive only collections on receivables owned by the SPE.   

Information regarding our outstanding balances related to our interests in accounts receivable sold or qualifying 

receivables retained is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Receivables sold outstanding (1) 
Receivables retained, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

(1) Deducted from receivables, net in the consolidated balance sheets. 

March 31, 
2009 
-
4,814 

$ 

March 31,  
2008 

$

-
4,251 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our interests in accounts receivable sold: 

(In millions) 
Proceeds from accounts receivable sales 
Fees and charges (1) (2) 

$ 

2009 
5,780 
10 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
1,075 
2 

  $ 

$ 

2007 

- 
- 

(1) Recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 
(2) Fee charges related to the sale of receivables to the Conduits for the year ended March 31, 2007 were not material.   

The delinquency ratio for the qualifying receivables represented less than 1% of the total qualifying receivables 

as of March 31, 2009 and 2008.   

We continue servicing the receivables sold.  No servicing asset is recorded at the time of sale because we do not 
receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the receivables.  We do not record 
any  servicing  liability  at  the  time  of  sale  as  the  receivables  collection  period  is  relatively  short  and  the  costs  of 
servicing the receivables sold over the servicing period are insignificant.  Servicing costs are recognized as incurred 
over the servicing period.  

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  $1.3  billion  five-year,  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  which  expires  in  June  2012.  
Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest based upon either a Prime rate or the London Interbank Offering 
Rate.  Total borrowings under this facility were $279 million for 2009.  There were no borrowings for 2008.  As of 
March 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility.   

In January 2007, we entered into a $1.8 billion interim credit facility.  The interim credit facility was a single-
draw  364-day  unsecured  facility  with  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  contained  in  the  Company’s  existing 
revolving credit facility.  We utilized $1.0 billion of this facility to fund a portion of our purchase of Per-Se.   

Commercial Paper 

We issued and repaid approximately $3.3 billion and $260 million in commercial paper during 2009 and 2008.  

There were no commercial paper issuances outstanding at March 31, 2009 and 2008.   

Our  senior  debt  credit  ratings  from  S&P,  Fitch,  and  Moody’s  are  currently  BBB+,  BBB+  and  Baa3,  and  our 
commercial paper ratings are currently A-2, F-2 and P-3.  Our ratings outlook is positive with S&P and stable with 
Fitch  and  Moody’s.    Our  various  borrowing  facilities  and  certain  long-term  debt  instruments  are  subject  to 
covenants.  Our principal debt covenant is our debt to capital ratio, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we exceed this 
ratio,  repayment  of  debt  outstanding  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  $215  million  of  term  debt  could  be 
accelerated.    At  March  31,  2009,  this  ratio  was  28.9%  and  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  other  covenants.    A 
reduction in our credit ratings or the lack of compliance with our covenants could result in a negative impact on our 
ability to finance our operations. 

Funds necessary for the resolution of future debt maturities and our other cash requirements are expected to be 
met  by  existing  cash  balances,  cash  flows  from  operations,  existing  credit  sources  and  other  capital  market 
transactions.   

MARKET RISKS 

Interest  rate  risk:    Our  long-term  debt  bears  interest  predominately  at  fixed  rates,  whereas  our  short-term 
borrowings are at variable interest rates.  If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt 
were  to  have  changed  by  50  bp  in  2009,  interest  expense  would  not  have  been  materially  different  from  that 
reported.   

Our cash and cash equivalent balances earn interest at variable rates.  Given recent declines in interest rates, our 
interest income may be negatively impacted.  If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our cash and cash 
equivalent balances changed by 50 bp in 2009, interest income would have increased or decreased by approximately 
$7 million. 

As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the net fair value liability of financial instruments with exposure to interest rate 
risk was approximately $2,545 million and $1,861 million.  Fair value was estimated on the basis of quoted market 
prices,  although  trading  in  these  debt  securities  is  limited  and  may  not  reflect  fair  value.    Fair  value  is  subject  to 
fluctuations based on our performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of our stock and changes in interest 
rates for debt securities with similar terms.   

Foreign  exchange  risk:    We  derive  revenues  and  earnings  from  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European  countries,  Israel,  Asia  Pacific  and  Mexico,  which  expose  us  to  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates.    We 
seek  to  manage  our  foreign  exchange  risk  in  part  through  operational  means,  including  managing  same  currency 
revenues  in  relation  to  same  currency  costs,  and  same  currency  assets  in  relation  to  same  currency  liabilities.  
Foreign  exchange  risk  is  also  managed  through  the  use  of  foreign  currency  forward-exchange  contracts.    These 
contracts  are  used  to  offset  the  potential  earnings  effects from  mostly  intercompany foreign  currency  investments 
and loans. As of March 31, 2009, an adverse 10% change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would not have 
had a material impact on our net fair value of financial instruments that have exposure to foreign currency risk.   

50

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS  

Information regarding our related party balances and transactions is included in “Critical Accounting Policies 
and  Estimates”  appearing  within  this  Financial  Review  and  Financial  Note  20,  “Related  Party  Balances  and 
Transactions,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

New accounting pronouncements that we have recently adopted, as well as those that have been recently issued 
but not yet adopted by us, are included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements.   

FACTORS AFFECTING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report to Stockholders, including the Chairman’s 2009 letter and “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Some of these statements can be 
identified  by  use  of  forward-looking  words  such  as  “believes,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “may,”  “will,”  “should,” 
“seeks,”  “approximately,”  “intends,”  “plans”  or  “estimates,”  or  the  negative  of  these  words,  or  other  comparable 
terminology.    The  discussion  of  financial  trends,  strategy,  plans  or  intentions  may  also  include  forward-looking 
statements.    Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially from those projected, anticipated or implied.   Although it is  not possible to predict or identify all such 
risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed in the Annual Report on Form 
10-K under “Additional Factors That May Affect Future Results”.  The reader should not consider this list to be a 
complete statement of all risks and uncertainties.   

These and other risks and uncertainties are described herein and in other information contained in our publicly 
available  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  filings  and  press  releases.    Readers  are  cautioned  not  to 
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date such statements were first 
made.  Except to the extent required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly release the 
result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, or 
to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

ADDITIONAL FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS 

We are subject to legal proceedings that could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and 
results of operations. 

From time to time and in the ordinary course of our business, we and certain of our subsidiaries may become 
involved  in  various  legal  proceedings  involving  antitrust,  commercial,  employment,  environmental,  intellectual 
property, regulatory, tort and other various claims.  All such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and the 
outcome can result in excessive verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we 
may  enter  into  settlements  of  claims  for  monetary  damages.    Future  court  decisions  and  legislative  activity  may 
increase  the  Company’s  exposure  to  litigation  and  regulatory  investigations.    In  some  cases,  substantial  non-
economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought.  For some complaints filed against the Company, we are 
currently  unable  to  estimate  the  remaining  amount  of  possible  losses  that  might  be  incurred  should  these  legal 
proceedings be resolved against the Company.   

The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain and outcomes that are not justified by the 
evidence or existing law can occur.  The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the legal matters pending 
against it and is defending itself vigorously.  Nevertheless, it is possible that resolution of one or any combination of 
more  than  one  legal  matter  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations.  For example, we are involved in a number of legal proceedings described in Financial Note 18, “Other 
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements which could have 
such an impact, including class actions and other legal proceedings alleging that we engaged in illegal conduct that 
caused average wholesale prices to rise for certain prescription drugs during specified periods.   

51

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Litigation is costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations.  The defense of these matters 
could  also  result  in  continued  diversion  of  our  management’s  time  and  attention  away  from  business  operations, 
which could also harm our business.  Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense 
associated with unresolved legal proceedings could harm our business and reputation.  For additional information 
regarding certain of the legal proceedings in which we are involved, see Financial Note 18, “Other Commitments 
and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.   

Changes in the United States healthcare environment could have a material negative impact on our revenues 
and net income.  

Our products and services are primarily intended to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and 
reimbursement  system  currently  being  used  in  the  United  States.    In  recent  years,  the  healthcare  industry  has 
changed  significantly  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs.    These  changes  include  increased  use  of  managed  care,  cuts  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid  reimbursement  levels,  consolidation  of  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  supply 
distributors and the development of large, sophisticated purchasing groups. 

We  expect  the  healthcare  industry  to  continue  to  change  significantly  in  the  future.    Some  of  these  changes, 
such  as  adverse  changes  in  government  funding  of  healthcare  services,  legislation  or  regulations  governing  the 
privacy  of  patient  information  or  the  delivery  or  pricing  of  pharmaceuticals  and  healthcare  services  or  mandated 
benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to greatly reduce the amount of our products and services they 
purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our products and services. 

Changes in the healthcare industry’s or our pharmaceutical suppliers’ pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or 
supply policies or practices, or changes in our customer mix could also significantly reduce our revenues and net 
income.  Due to the diverse range of healthcare supply management and healthcare information technology products 
and  services  that  we  offer,  such  changes  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations,  while  not 
affecting some of our competitors who offer a narrower range of products and services.   

The majority of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business’ agreements with manufacturers are structured to 
ensure  that  we  are  appropriately  and  predictably  compensated  for  the  services  we  provide;  however,  failure  to 
successfully renew these contracts in a timely and favorable manner could have an adverse impact on our results of 
operations.   

Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will increase over the next few 
years as a result of the expiration of certain drug patents.  In recent years, our financial results have improved from 
our  generic  drug  offering  programs.    An  increase  or  a  decrease  in  the  availability  or  changes  in  pricing  or 
reimbursement of these generic drugs could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.   

“At-Risk” Launches:  Generic drug manufacturers are increasingly challenging the validity or enforceability of 
patents  on  branded  pharmaceutical  products.    During  the  pendency  of  these  legal  challenges,  a  generics 
manufacturer  may  begin  manufacturing  and  selling  a  generic  version  of  the  branded  product  prior  to  the  final 
resolution  to  its  legal  challenge  over  the  branded  product’s  patent.    To  the  extent  we  source  and  distribute  such 
generic products launched “at risk,” the brand-name company could assert infringement claims against us.  While 
we generally obtain indemnification against such claims from generic manufacturers as a condition of distributing 
their products, there can be no assurances that these rights will be adequate or sufficient to protect us.   

52

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

International Sourcing:  We may experience difficulties and delays inherent in sourcing products and contract 
manufacturing  from  foreign  countries,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  (1)  difficulties  in  complying  with  the 
requirements  of  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  in  the  United  States  and  of  foreign 
regulatory  authorities,  (2)  inability  to  increase  production  capacity  commensurate  with  demand  or  the  failure  to 
predict market demand and (3) other manufacturing or distribution problems including changes in types of products 
produced, limits to manufacturing capacity due to regulatory requirements or physical limitations that could impact 
continuous  supply.    Manufacturing  difficulties  could  result  in  manufacturing  shutdowns,  product  shortages  and 
delays in product manufacturing. 

Pedigree  Tracking:    There  have  been  increasing  efforts  by  various  levels  of  government  agencies,  including 
state boards of pharmacy and comparable government agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system 
in  order  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  counterfeit,  adulterated  and/or  mislabeled  drugs  into  the  pharmaceutical 
distribution system (“pedigree tracking”).  Certain states have adopted or are considering laws and regulations that 
are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system while other government agencies are 
currently evaluating their recommendations.  Florida has adopted pedigree tracking requirements and California has 
enacted a law requiring chain of custody technology using radio frequency tagging and electronic pedigrees, which 
will be effective for us in July 2016.  Final regulations under the federal Prescription Drug Marketing Act requiring 
pedigree  and  chain  of  custody  tracking  in  certain  circumstances  became  effective  December  1,  2006.    This  latter 
regulation has been challenged in a case brought by secondary distributors.  A preliminary injunction was issued by 
the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York that temporarily enjoined implementation of 
this regulation.  This injunction was affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in July 2008.  These 
pedigree  tracking  laws  and regulations  could  increase  the overall  regulatory  burden  and  costs  associated  with our 
pharmaceutical distribution business and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, the 
U.S. Federal Drug Administration (“FDA”) Amendments Act of 2007, which went into effect on October 1, 2007, 
requires the FDA to establish standards and identify and validate effective technologies for the purpose of securing 
the  pharmaceutical  supply  chain  against  counterfeit  drugs.    These  standards  may  include  any  track-and-trace  or 
authentication technologies, such as Radio Frequency Identification Devices and other technologies.  The FDA must 
develop a standardized numerical identifier by April 1, 2010. 

Healthcare  Fraud:    We  are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently  changing  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations relating  to  healthcare  fraud.    The  federal  government  continues  to  strengthen  its  position  and  scrutiny 
over practices involving healthcare fraud affecting Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs.  
Furthermore,  our  relationships  with  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  product  manufacturers  and  healthcare 
providers subject our business to laws and regulations on fraud and abuse, which among other things (1) prohibit 
persons from soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration in order to induce the referral of a patient for 
treatment or for inducing the ordering or purchasing of items or services that are in any way paid for by Medicare, 
Medicaid or other government-sponsored healthcare programs, (2) impose a number of restrictions upon referring 
physicians and providers of designated health services under Medicare and Medicaid programs and (3) prohibit the 
knowing submission of a false or fraudulent claim for payment to a federal health care program (e.g., Medicare and 
Medicaid).    Legislative  provisions  relating  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  give  federal  enforcement  personnel 
substantially increased funding, powers and remedies to pursue suspected fraud and abuse.  Many of the regulations 
applicable  to  us,  including  those  relating  to  marketing  incentives,  are  vague  or  indefinite  and  have  not  been 
interpreted by the courts.  They may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory or judicial authority in a 
manner  that  could  require  us  to  make  changes  in  our  operations.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and 
regulations, we could suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or our ability to participate in 
Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.   

53

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Claims  Transmissions:    Medical  billing  and  collection  activities  are  governed  by  numerous  federal  and  state 
civil  and  criminal  laws  that  pertain  to  companies  that  provide  billing  and  collection  services  or  that  provide 
consulting services in connection with billing and collection activities.  In connection with these laws, we may be 
subjected to federal or state government investigations and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims 
actions may have to be defended, private payors may file claims against us and we may be excluded from Medicare, 
Medicaid  or  other  government-funded  healthcare  programs.    Any  such  proceeding  or  investigation  could  have  an 
adverse impact on our results of operations. 

E-Prescribing:    The  use  of  our  solutions  by  physicians  for  electronic  prescribing,  electronic  routing  of 
prescriptions to pharmacies and dispensing is governed by federal and state law.  States have differing prescription 
format  requirements,  which  we  have  programmed  into  our  software.    In  addition,  in  November  2005,  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (the  “HHS”)  announced  regulations  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”)  related  to  “E-Prescribing  and  the  Prescription  Drug  Program”  (“E-Prescribing 
Regulations”).  These E-Prescribing Regulations were mandated by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement 
and Modernization Act of 2003.  The E-Prescribing Regulations set forth standards for the transmission of electronic 
prescriptions.  These standards are detailed and significant and cover not only transactions between prescribers and 
dispensers  for  prescriptions  but  also  electronic  eligibility,  benefits  inquiries,  drug  formulary  and  benefit  coverage 
information.  Our efforts to provide solutions that enable our clients to comply with these regulations could be time 
consuming and expensive.

Reimbursements:    Both  our  own  profit  margins  and  the  profit  margins  of  our  customers  may  be  adversely 
affected  by  laws  and  regulations  reducing  reimbursement  rates  for  pharmaceuticals  and/or  medical  treatments  or 
services  or  changing  the  methodology  by  which  reimbursement  levels  are  determined.    For  example,  the  Deficit 
Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”) was intended to reduce net Medicare and Medicaid spending by approximately $11 
billion over five years.  Effective January 1, 2007, the DRA changed the federal upper payment limit for Medicaid 
reimbursement from 150% of the lowest published price for generic pharmaceuticals (which is usually the average 
wholesale price) to 250% of the lowest average manufacturer price (“AMP”).  On July 17, 2007, CMS published a 
final rule implementing these provisions and clarifying, among other things, the AMP calculation methodology and 
the DRA provision requiring manufacturers to publicly report AMP for branded and generic pharmaceuticals.  On 
December  19,  2007,  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Columbia  issued  a  preliminary  injunction 
prohibiting use of the AMP calculation in connection with Medicaid reimbursement pending resolution of a lawsuit 
claiming  that  CMS  had  acted  unlawfully  in  adopting  the  rule.    On  July  15,  2008,  the  U.S.  Congress  enacted  the 
Medicaid Improvements for Patients and Providers Acts of 2008 (“MIPPA,”) which delays the adoption of CMS’s 
final rule and prevents CMS from publishing AMP data until October 1, 2009.  We expect that the use of an AMP 
benchmark would   result  in  a  reduction  in  the  Medicaid reimbursement  rates  to our  customers  for  certain generic 
pharmaceuticals,  which  could  indirectly  impact  the  prices  that  we  can  charge  our  customers  for  generic 
pharmaceuticals and cause corresponding declines in our profitability.  There can be no assurance that the changes 
under the DRA would not have an adverse impact on our business. 

Interoperability  Standards:    There  is  increasing  demand  among  customers,  industry  groups  and  government 
authorities that healthcare software and systems provided by various vendors be compatible with each other.  This 
need  for  interoperability  is  leading  to  the  development  of  standards  by  various  groups.    The  Certification 
Commission  for Healthcare Information  Technology  (“CCHIT”) has developed  a  set  of  criteria  defining  levels  of 
interoperability,  functionality  and  security  for  the  industry,  which  are  still  being  modified  and  refined.    Various 
federal,  state  and  foreign  government  agencies  are  also  developing  standards  that  could  become  mandatory  for 
systems purchased by these agencies.  For example, the recently enacted American Recovery and Reinvestment Act 
of 2009 requires meaningful use of “certified” healthcare information technology products by healthcare providers 
in  order  to  receive  stimulus  funds  from  the  federal  government,  but  the  certification  standards  have  not  yet  been 
established.  We may incur increased development costs and delays in delivering solutions if we need to upgrade our 
software  and  systems  to  be  in  compliance  with  these  varying  and  evolving  standards.    In  addition,  delays  in 
promulgating  these  standards  may  result  in  postponement  or  cancellation  of  our  customers’  decisions  to  purchase 
our products. 

54

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Healthcare  Industry  Consolidation:    In  recent  years,  the  pharmaceutical  suppliers  have  been  subject  to 
increasing  consolidation.    As  a  result,  a  small  number  of  very  large  companies  control  a  significant  share  of  the 
market.  Accordingly, we depend on fewer suppliers for our products and we are less able to negotiate price terms 
with  the  suppliers.    Many  healthcare  organizations  have  consolidated  to  create  larger  healthcare  enterprises  with 
greater market power.  If this consolidation trend continues, it could reduce the size of our target market and give the 
resulting enterprises greater bargaining power, which may lead to erosion of the prices for our products and services.  
In addition, when healthcare organizations combine they often consolidate infrastructure including IT systems and 
acquisition of our clients could erode our revenue base. 

Healthcare Reform Legislation:  In addition to many of the targeted environmental and policy issues outlined 
above, the national debate on whether and how to expand coverage to the uninsured, to improve the quality of care 
and to reduce health costs and healthcare inflation will, if enacted in whole or in part, impose major changes to the 
marketplace,  some  of  which  may  impact  either  our  results  of  operations  or  the  manner  in  which  we  operate  our 
business. 

Competition may erode our profit. 

In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, 
both  in  price  and  service,  from  national,  regional  and  local  full-line,  short-line  and  specialty  wholesalers,  service 
merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution and large payor organizations.  
In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other 
healthcare manufacturers (as well as other potential customers of the segment) which may from time to time decide 
to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities which would otherwise be provided by the 
segment.    Price,  quality  of  service,  and  in  some  cases,  convenience  to  the  customer  are  generally  the  principal 
competitive elements in this segment.   

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  experiences  substantial  competition  from  many  firms,  including  other 
computer services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, hardware 
vendors and Internet-based companies with technology applicable to the healthcare industry.  Competition varies in 
size  from  small  to  large  companies,  in  geographical  coverage  and  in  scope  and  breadth  of  products  and  services 
offered.  These competitive pressures could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Our Distribution Solutions segment is subject to inflation in branded pharmaceutical prices and deflation in 
generic pharmaceutical prices, which subjects us to risks and uncertainties. 

Certain of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business’ agreements entered into with branded pharmaceutical 
manufacturers  are  partially  inflation-based.    A  slowing  in  the  frequency  or  rate  of  branded  price  increases  could 
have an adverse impact on our results of operations.  In addition, we also distribute generic pharmaceuticals, which 
are subject to price deflation.  An acceleration of the frequency or size of generic price decreases could also have an 
adverse impact on our results of operations.  

Substantial defaults in payment, a material reduction in purchases or the loss of a large customer could have 
an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.  

In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers.  
During the year ended March 31, 2009, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 52% of our 
total consolidated revenues.  Sales to our two largest customers, Caremark and Rite Aid, represented approximately 
14% and 12% of our 2009 total consolidated revenues.  At March 31, 2009, accounts receivable from our ten largest 
customers were approximately 49% of total accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable from Caremark and Rite Aid 
were approximately 14% and 10% of total accounts receivable.  We also have agreements with group purchasing 
organizations, each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals, pharmacies and other 
healthcare providers.  As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant.  A default in payment, a material 
reduction  in  purchases  or  the  loss  of  a  large  customer  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  condition, 
results of operations and liquidity. 

55

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

We generally sell product to our customers on credit that is short-term in nature and unsecured.  Any adverse 
change  in  general  economic  conditions  can  adversely  reduce  sales  to  our  customers,  affect  consumer  buying 
practices or cause our customers to delay or be unable to pay accounts receivable owed to us, which would reduce 
our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability and cash flow.  Further, interest rate fluctuations and 
changes  in  capital  market  conditions  may  affect  our  customers’  ability  to  obtain  credit  to  finance  their  business 
under acceptable terms, which would reduce our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability. 

Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment 
  The 
implementation delay, malfunction or failure of these systems for any extended period of time could adversely 
affect our business. 

is  dependent  upon  sophisticated 

information  systems. 

We rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and  manage 
data  to,  (1)  facilitate  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  thousands  of  inventory  items  from  numerous  distribution 
centers, (2) receive, process and ship orders on a timely basis, (3) manage the accurate billing and collections for 
thousands  of  customers  and  (4)  process  payments  to  suppliers.    If  these  systems  are  interrupted,  damaged  by 
unforeseen  events  or  fail  for  any  extended  period  of  time,  we  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

Reduced capacity in the commercial property insurance market exposes us to potential loss.  

In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Distribution Solutions segment’s customers, we 
maintain  significant  product  inventory  at  certain  of  our  distribution  centers.    While  we  seek  to  maintain  property 
insurance coverage in amounts sufficient for our business, there can be no assurance that our property insurance will 
be adequate or available on acceptable terms.  One or more large casualty losses caused by fire, earthquake or other 
natural disaster in excess of our coverage limits could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

We could become subject to liability claims that are not adequately covered by our insurance and may have 
to pay damages and other expenses which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Our  business  exposes  us  to  risks  that  are  inherent  in  the  distribution,  manufacturing,  dispensing  of 
pharmaceuticals  and  medical-surgical  supplies,  the  provision  of  ancillary  services,  the  conduct  of  our  payor 
businesses  (which  include  disease  management  programs  and  our  nurse  triage  services)  and  the  provision  of 
products that assist clinical decision-making and relate to patient medical histories and treatment plans.  If customers 
assert  liability  claims  against  our  products  and/or  services,  any  ensuing  litigation,  regardless  of  outcome,  could 
result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of 
our products.  We attempt to limit by contract our liability to customers; however, the limitations of liability set forth 
in  the  contracts  may  not  be  enforceable  or  may  not  otherwise  protect  us  from  liability  for  damages.    We  also 
maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms or 
may  not be  available  in  sufficient  amounts to  cover one  or more  large  claims  against us.    In  addition,  the  insurer 
might  disclaim  coverage  as  to  any  future  claim.    A  successful  product  or  professional  liability  claim  not  fully 
covered by our insurance could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.  

The  failure  of  our  healthcare  technology  businesses  to  attract  and  retain  customers  due  to  challenges  in 
software  product  integration  or  to  keep  pace  with  technological  advances  may  significantly  reduce  our 
revenues or increase our expenses.  

Our healthcare technology businesses, the bulk of which resides in our Technology Solutions segment, deliver 
enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain,  strategic  management  software  solutions  and 
pharmacy  automation  to  hospitals,  physicians,  homecare  providers,  retail  and  mail  order  pharmacies  and  payors.  
Challenges in integrating software products could impair our ability to attract and retain customers and could have 
an  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  and  a  disproportionate  impact  on  the  results  of 
operations of our Technology Solutions segment. 

56

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Future  advances  in  the  healthcare  information  systems  industry  could  lead  to  new  technologies,  products  or 
services  that  are  competitive  with  the  technology  products  and  services  offered  by  our  various  businesses.    Such 
technological advances could also lower the cost of such products and services or otherwise result in competitive 
pricing pressure or render our products obsolete.  The success of our technology businesses will depend, in part, on 
our  ability  to  be  responsive  to  technological  developments,  legislative  initiatives,  pricing  pressures  and  changing 
business  models.    To  remain  competitive  in  the  evolving  healthcare  information  systems  marketplace,  our 
technology  businesses  must  also  develop  new  products  on  a  timely  basis.    The  failure  to  develop  competitive 
products and to introduce new products on a timely basis could curtail the ability of our technology businesses to 
attract and retain customers and thereby could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

The  loss  of  third  party  licenses  utilized  by  our  technology  businesses  may  adversely  impact  our  operating 
results.

We license the rights to use certain technologies from third-party vendors to incorporate in or complement our 
various healthcare technology products and solutions, which are primarily offered through our Technology Solutions 
segment.  These licenses are generally nonexclusive, must be renewed periodically by mutual consent and may be 
terminated if we breach the terms of the license.  As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product 
shipments until we obtain equivalent technology, which could hurt our business.  Our competitors may obtain the 
right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses and use the technology to compete directly with us.  In 
addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we may not be able to 
modify or adapt our own products. 

Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate and products may be found to infringe the rights of 
third parties. 

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  patent,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  nondisclosure  and  other 
contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights in our products and solutions.  There 
can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop 
technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.  Although we believe that our products 
do  not  infringe  the  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties,  from  time  to  time  third  parties  have  asserted  infringement 
claims against us and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the 
future.  If we were found to be infringing others’ rights, we may be required to pay substantial damage awards and 
forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the products that contain the infringing 
technology.  Additionally, we may find it necessary to initiate litigation to protect our trade secrets, to enforce our 
patent, copyright  and  trademark  rights  and to  determine  the  scope  and validity  of  the  proprietary rights  of others.  
These types of litigation can be costly and time consuming.  These litigation expenses, damage payments or costs of 
developing replacement technology could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

System errors or failures of our products to conform to specifications could cause unforeseen liabilities. 

The  software  and  software  systems  (“systems”)  that  we  sell  or  operate  are  very  complex.    As  with  complex 
systems  offered  by  others,  our  systems  may  contain  errors,  especially  when  first  introduced.    For  example,  our 
Technology  Solutions  segment’s business  systems  are  intended  to  provide  information  for healthcare  providers  in 
providing patient care.  Therefore, users of our systems have a greater sensitivity to errors than the general market 
for  software  products.    Failure  of  a  client’s  system  to  perform  in  accordance  with  our  documentation  could 
constitute a breach of warranty and could require us to incur additional expense in order to make the system comply 
with  the  documentation.    If such  failure  is  not  remedied  in  a  timely  manner,  it  could  constitute  a  material  breach 
under  a  contract,  allowing  the  client  to  cancel  the  contract,  obtain  refunds  of  amounts  previously  paid  or  assert 
claims for significant damages. 

57

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Various  risks  could  interrupt  customers’  access  to  their  data  residing  in  our  service  center,  exposing  us  to 
significant costs. 

We  provide  remote  hosting  services  that  involve  operating  both  our  software  and  the  software  of  third-party 
vendors for our customers.  The ability to access the systems and the data that we host and support on demand is 
critical to our customers.  Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number 
of  sources,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  including,  without  limitation,  (1)  power  loss  and 
telecommunications failures, (2) fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters, (3) software and hardware errors, 
failures or crashes and (4) computer viruses, hacking and similar disruptive problems.  We attempt to mitigate these 
risks through various means including disaster recovery plans, separate test systems and change control and system 
security  measures,  but  our  precautions  may  not  protect  against  all  problems.    If  customers’  access  is  interrupted 
because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims, particularly if the 
access interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of medical care.  We must maintain disaster 
recovery and business continuity plans that rely upon third-party providers of related services and if those vendors 
fail us at a time that our center is not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to 
fulfill our contractual service commitments.  Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect 
our reputation and ability to sell our remote hosting services. 

Regulation  of  our  distribution  businesses  and  regulation  of  our  computer-related  products  could  impose 
increased costs, delay the introduction of new products and negatively impact our business. 

The  healthcare  industry  is  highly  regulated.    We  are  subject  to  various  local,  state,  federal,  foreign  and 
transnational  laws  and  regulations,  which  include  the  operating  and  security  standards  of  the  Drug  Enforcement 
Administration (the “DEA”), the FDA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the HHS, CMS 
and other comparable agencies.  Certain of our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses 
with,  and  comply  with  operating  and  security  standards  of  the  DEA,  the  FDA,  HHS,  various  state  boards  of 
pharmacy,  state  health  departments  and/or  comparable  state  agencies  as  well  as  foreign  agencies  and  certain 
accrediting  bodies  depending  upon  the  type  of operations and  location  of  product  distribution,  manufacturing  and 
sale.

In  addition,  the  FDA  has  increasingly  focused  on  the  regulation  of  computer  products  and  computer-assisted 
products as medical devices under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.  If the FDA chooses to regulate any of 
our  products  as  medical  devices,  it  can  impose  extensive  requirements  upon  us.    If  we  fail  to  comply  with  the 
applicable requirements, the FDA could respond by imposing fines, injunctions or civil penalties, requiring recalls 
or  product  corrections,  suspending  production,  refusing  to  grant  pre-market  clearance  of  products,  withdrawing 
clearances  and  initiating  criminal  prosecution.    Any  final  FDA  policy  governing  computer  products,  once  issued, 
may increase the cost and time to market new or existing products or may prevent us from marketing our products.   

We  regularly  receive  requests  for  information  and  occasionally  subpoenas  from  government  authorities.  
Although we believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable laws and regulations, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  a  regulatory  agency  or  tribunal  would  not  reach  a  different  conclusion  concerning  the 
compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations.  In addition, there can be no assurance that we 
will  be  able  to  maintain  or  renew  existing  permits,  licenses  or  any  other  regulatory  approvals  or  obtain  without 
significant  delay  future  permits,  licenses  or  other  approvals  needed  for  the  operation  of  our  businesses.    Any 
noncompliance  by  us  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  the  failure  to  maintain,  renew  or  obtain  necessary 
permits and licenses could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.   

58

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Regulations  relating  to  confidentiality  of  sensitive  personal  information  and  to  format  and  data  content 
standards  could  depress  the  demand  for  our  products  and  impose  significant  product  redesign  costs  and 
unforeseen liabilities on us. 

State and federal laws regulate the confidentiality of patient records and the circumstances under which those 
records  may  be  released.    These  regulations  govern  the  disclosure  and  use  of  confidential  patient  medical  record 
information  and  require  the  users  of  such  information  to  implement  specified  security  measures.    Regulations 
currently  in  place  governing  electronic  health  data  transmissions  continue  to  evolve  and  are  often  unclear  and 
difficult to apply.  Although our systems have been updated and modified to comply with the current requirements 
of  state  laws  and  the  Federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  evolving  laws  and 
regulations in this area could restrict the ability of our customers to obtain, use or disseminate patient information or 
could require us to incur significant additional costs to re-design our products in a timely manner, either of which 
could have an adverse impact on our business.  Furthermore, failure to maintain confidentiality of sensitive personal 
information in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements could expose us to breach of contract claims, 
fines and penalties. 

The  length  of  our  sales  and  implementation  cycles  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  could  have  an 
adverse impact on our future operating results. 

Many of the solutions offered by our Technology Solutions segment have long sales and implementation cycles, 
which could range from a few months to two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of 
implementation.  How and when to implement, replace, or expand an information system, or modify or add business 
processes,  are  major  decisions  for  healthcare  organizations.    Many  of  the  solutions  we  provide  typically  require 
significant capital expenditures and time commitments by the customer.  Recent legislation that provides incentives 
to purchase health information systems imposes strict conditions on these incentives, including the requirement that 
purchased  systems  must  comply  with  applicable  federally-endorsed  standards.    To  the  extent  these  standards  are 
narrowly  construed  or  delayed  in  publication,  our  customers  may  delay  or  cancel  their  purchase  decisions.    Any 
decision  by  our  customers  to  delay  or  cancel  implementation  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations.  Furthermore, delays or failures to meet milestones established in our agreements may result in a breach 
of contract, termination of the agreement, damages and/or penalties as well as a reduction in our margins or a delay 
in our ability to recognize revenue. 

We  may  be  required  to  record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  if  our  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  become 
impaired. 

We are required under GAAP to test our goodwill for impairment, annually or more frequently if indicators for 
potential  impairment  exist.    Indicators  that  are  considered  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  significant  changes  in 
performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative 
industry or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a 
sustained period of time.  In addition, we periodically review our intangible assets for impairment when events or 
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.    Factors  that  may  be  considered  a 
change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable include 
slower growth rates and the loss of a significant customer.  We may be required to record a significant charge to 
earnings  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  during  the  period  in  which  any  impairment  of  our  goodwill  or 
intangible assets is determined.  This could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.  There are inherent 
uncertainties  in  management’s  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  used  in  assessing  recoverability  of  goodwill 
and  intangible  assets.    Any  changes  in  key  assumptions,  including  failure  to  meet  business  plans,  a  further 
deterioration in the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of 
such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge.   

59

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) 

Our operating results and our financial condition may be adversely affected by foreign operations.  

We  have  operations  based  in  foreign  countries,  including  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  other  European 
countries, Asia Pacific and Israel and we have a large investment in Mexico.  In the future, we look to continue to 
grow  our  foreign  operations  both  organically  and  through  acquisitions  and  investments;  however,  increasing  our 
foreign operations carries additional risks.  Operations outside of the United States may be affected by changes in 
trade  protection  laws,  policies,  measures  and  other  regulatory  requirements  affecting  trade  and  investment; 
unexpected  changes  in  regulatory  requirements  for  software,  social,  political,  labor  or  economic  conditions  in  a 
specific country or region; import/export regulations in both the United States and foreign countries and difficulties 
in  staffing  and  managing  foreign  operations.    Political  changes  and  natural  disasters,  some  of  which  may  be 
disruptive,  can  interfere  with  our  supply  chain,  our  customers  and  all  of  our  activities  in  a  particular  location.  
Additionally, foreign operations expose us to foreign currency fluctuations that could adversely impact our results of 
operations based on the movements of the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar.   

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our net earnings.  

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions.  As 
such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of 
many  international  jurisdictions.    From  time  to  time,  various  legislative  initiatives  may  be  proposed  that  could 
adversely  affect  our  tax  positions.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  effective  tax  rate  will  not  be  adversely 
affected by these initiatives.  In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and 
regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations.  Although we believe that our historical 
tax  positions  are  sound  and  consistent  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and  existing  precedent,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that these tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in 
any such challenge.  

Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully.  

An element of our strategy is to identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions that either expand or complement 
our  business.    Integration  of  acquisitions  involves  a  number  of  risks  including  the  diversion  of  management’s 
attention  to  the  assimilation  of  the  operations  of  businesses  we  have  acquired,  difficulties  in  the  integration  of 
operations  and  systems,  the  realization  of  potential  operating  synergies,  the  assimilation  and  retention  of  the 
personnel of the acquired companies, challenges in retaining the customers of the combined businesses and potential 
adverse effects on operating results.  In addition, we may potentially require additional financing in order to fund 
future acquisitions, which may or  may not be attainable.  If we are unable to successfully complete and integrate 
strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, our business and our growth strategies could be negatively affected. 

Continued volatility and disruption to the global capital and credit markets may adversely affect our ability 
to access credit, our cost of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers.  

Recent  volatility  and  disruption  in  the  global  capital  and  credit  markets,  including  the  bankruptcy  or 
restructuring  of  certain  financial  institutions,  reduced  lending  activity  by  other  financial  institutions,  decreased 
liquidity  and  increased  costs  in  the  commercial  paper  market  and  the  reduced  market  for  securitizations,  may 
adversely affect the availability and cost of credit already arranged and the availability, terms and cost of credit in 
the future, including any arrangements to renew or replace our current credit or financing arrangements.  Although 
we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, including our 
existing  credit  and  sales  facilities,  will  give  us  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future, 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  continued  or  increased  volatility  and  disruption  in  the  global  capital  and  credit 
markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing.   

60

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded)

Our $1.0 billion accounts receivable sales facility is generally renewed annually and will expire in June 2009.  
We used this facility in 2009 to fund working capital requirements, as needed.  We will seek to renew this facility 
before  it  expires,  although  the  fees  associated  with  it  may  be  higher  than  those  currently  charged  due  to  the 
condition of the credit markets.  Although we believe we will be able to renew this facility, there is no assurance that 
we will be able to do so.   

Our business could also be negatively impacted if our customers or suppliers experience disruptions resulting 
from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy.  As a result, customers may modify, 
delay  or  cancel  plans  to  purchase  or  implement  our  products  or  services  and  suppliers  may  increase  their  prices, 
reduce their output or change their terms of sale.  Additionally, if customers’ or suppliers’ operating and financial 
performance deteriorates or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, customers may not be 
able  to  pay,  or  may  delay  payment  of  accounts  receivable  owed  to  us  and  suppliers  may  restrict  credit,  impose 
different  payment  terms  or be  unable  to  make payments  due  to us for fees,  returned  products  or  incentives.   Any 
inability  of  customers  to  pay  us  for  our  products  and  services  or  any  demands by  suppliers  for  different payment 
terms, may adversely affect the Company’s earnings and cash flow. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  other 
standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements.  

Our  financial  statements  are  subject  to  the  application  of  GAAP,  which  are  periodically  revised  and/or 
expanded.  Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by 
recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC.  It is possible that future accounting standards we 
are  required  to  adopt  could  change  the  current  accounting  treatment  that  we  apply  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  that  such  changes  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.  

61

McKESSON CORPORATION 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The management of McKesson Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system 
of internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).  
With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an 
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria 
established  in Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the  Committee  of Sponsoring  Organizations  of 
the Treadway Commission.  Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2009.  

Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  audited  the  financial  statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  has  also  audited  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2009.  This audit report appears on page 63 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

May 5, 2009 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

62

McKESSON CORPORATION 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Stockholders and Board of Directors of McKesson Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  McKesson  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2009.    Our  audit  also  included  the  supplementary 
consolidated financial statement schedule (“financial statement schedule”) listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  We also have audited 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    The  Company’s 
management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts
and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists 
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board
of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    A 
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.  

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely  basis.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  future 
periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  fiscal  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2009,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information 
set forth therein.  Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  March  31,  2009,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes- an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, on April 
1,  2007  and  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  158,  Employers’  Accounting  for  Defined  Benefit 
Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, on March 31, 2007.   

/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
San Francisco, California 
May 5, 2009  

63

McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

$ 

106,632 
101,254 
5,378 

  $ 

101,703 
96,694 
5,009 

  $ 

Revenues 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 

Operating Expenses 

Selling 
Distribution 
Research and development 
Administrative 
Litigation charge (credits), net 

Total Operating Expenses 

Operating Income 
Other Income, Net 
Interest Expense  

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income 

Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 

Income from Continuing Operations 

Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 

Total 

Basic

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Weighted Average Shares 

Diluted 
Basic 

743 
943 
364 
1,639 
493 
4,182 

1,196 
12 
(144) 

1,064 
(241) 

823 
- 
- 
823 

2.95 
- 
- 
2.95 

2.99 
- 
- 
2.99 

279 
275 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

744 
886 
347 
1,559 
(5) 
3,531 

1,478 
121 
(142) 

1,457 
(468) 

989 
1 
- 
990 

3.32 
- 
- 
3.32 

3.40 
- 
- 
3.40 

298 
291 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2007 

92,977 
88,645 
4,332 

673 
771 
284 
1,346 
(6) 
3,068 

1,264 
132 
(99) 

1,297 
(329) 

968 
(5) 
(50) 
913 

3.17 
(0.02) 
(0.16) 
2.99 

3.25 
(0.02) 
(0.17) 
3.06 

305 
298 

See Financial Notes 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except per share amounts) 

ASSETS
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other 

Total 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 
Capitalized Software Held for Sale, Net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets, Net 
Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 

Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total 

Long-Term Debt 
Other Noncurrent Liabilities 

Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 18) 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares 

authorized, no shares issued or outstanding 

Common stock, $0.01 par value  

Shares authorized: 2009 and 2008 – 800 
Shares issued: 2009 – 351, 2008 – 351 

Additional Paid-in Capital 
Retained Earnings 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Other 
Treasury Shares, at Cost, 2009 – 80 and 2008 – 74 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

March 31, 

2009 

2008 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,109 
7,774 
8,527 
261 
18,671 

796 
221 
3,528 
661 
1,390 
25,267 

11,739 
1,145 
219 
2,503 
15,606 

2,290 
1,178 

1,362 
7,213 
9,000 
211 
17,786 

775 
199 
3,345 
661 
1,837 
24,603 

12,032 
1,210 
2 
2,104 
15,348 

1,795 
1,339 

- 

- 

4 
4,417 
6,103 
(179) 
(8) 
(4,144) 
6,193 
25,267 

  $ 

4 
4,252 
5,586 
152 
(13) 
(3,860) 
6,121 
24,603 

  $ 

See Financial Notes 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances, March 31, 2006 
Issuance of shares under  

employee plans 

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to issuance  
of shares under employee  
plans 

ESOP note collections 
Notes rescinded 
Translation adjustment 
Net income 
Repurchase of common stock   
Cash dividends declared,  

$0.24 per common share 
Adjustment to initially apply 

FASB Statement No. 158,  
net of tax of $37 

Other 
Balances, March 31, 2007 
Issuance of shares under  

employee plans 

Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to issuance  
of shares under employee  
plans 

ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustment 
Unrealized net gain/loss and  
other components of  
benefit plans, net of tax  
of $(13) 
Net income 
Repurchase of common stock   
Cash dividends declared,  

$0.24 per common share 

Adoption of FIN No. 48 
Other 
Balances, March 31, 2008 
Issuance of shares under  

employee plans 

ESOP funding 
Share-based compensation 
Tax benefit related to issuance  
of shares under employee  
plans 

ESOP note collections 
Translation adjustment 
Unrealized net gain/loss and  
other components of  
benefit plans, net of tax  
of $33 
Net income 
Repurchase and retirement  

of common stock 
Cash dividends declared,  

$0.48, per common share   

Other 
Balances, March 31, 2009 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Years Ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(In millions except per share amounts) 

Common 
Stock 

Shares 

  Amount 

Additional 
  Paid-in 
  Capital 

Other 

Retained  Comprehensive 
  Capital    Earnings   Income (Loss)   Guarantees 

Common 
  Shares 

Stockholders’  Comprehensive 

  Amount     

Equity 

Income 

Treasury 

Other 

Accumulated 
Other 

ESOP Notes   
and 

330  $ 

3  $ 

3,238  $ 

(75) $  3,871 

$ 

55 

$ 

(25)  

(26) $  (1,160) $ 

5,907 

11   

399   
59   

68   

(2)  

397 
59 

341  $ 

3  $ 

10   

1   

16   

33 

10   

913 

(72) 

(42)  
3,722  $ 

40
(19) $  4,712 

$ 

(63) 
6 
31 

$ 

1
(14)  

354   
91   

85   

990 

(70) 
(46) 

9

11   

95 

26 

(20)  

(1,000)  

(46) $  (2,162) $ 

(12)  

(28)  

(1,686)  

351  $ 

4  $ 

4,252  $ 

(10) $  5,586 

$ 

152 

$ 

(3)  

(74) $  (3,860) $ 

4   

97   

99   

8   

(4)  

(39)  

823 

(165) 

(19)  
15   

2   

(273) 

(57) 

68 
10 
16 
33 
913 
(1,000) 

(72) 

(63) 
5 
6,273 

343 
91 

85 
11 
95 

26 
990 
(1,686) 

(70) 
(46) 
9
6,121 

78 
15 
99 

8 
2 
(273) 

(57) 
823 

33 
913 

$ 

6
952

95 

26 
990 

$ 

1,111

(273) 

(57) 
823 

(6)  

(280)  

(484) 

351  $ 

4  $ 

4,417  $ 

(134) 
3   
(7) 
(7) $  6,103 

$ 

(1)
(179)  $ 

(1)  

(80) $  (4,144) $ 

(134) 
(5)
6,193 

$ 

493

See Financial Notes 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions)

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

823 
- 

  $ 

Operating Activities 
Net income 
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by (used in) 

operating activities: 
Depreciation
Amortization
Provision for bad debts 
Litigation charge (credits), net 
Deferred taxes (benefits) on Litigation charge (credits), net 
Impairment of investments 
Other deferred taxes 
Income tax reserve reversals 
Share-based compensation expense 
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements 
Other non-cash items 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business 

acquisitions:
Receivables
Inventories
Drafts and accounts payable 
Deferred revenue 
Taxes

Consolidated Securities Litigation Action settlement payments   
Other

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing Activities
Property acquisitions 
Capitalized software expenditures 
Acquisitions of businesses, less cash and cash equivalents 

acquired 

Proceeds from sale of businesses 
Restricted cash for Litigation charges 
Other

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing Activities
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
Repayments of short-term borrowings 
Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt, net 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Capital stock transactions: 

Issuances
Share repurchases, including shares surrendered for tax 

withholding

Share repurchases, retirements 
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements  
Dividends paid 

Other

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

$ 

990 
(1) 

124 
247 
41 
(5) 
2 
- 
196 
- 
91 
(83) 
(24) 

(288) 
(676) 
762 
98 
336 
(962) 
21 
869 

(195) 
(161) 

(610) 
- 
962 
(1) 
(5) 

260 
(260) 
- 
(162) 

354 

(1,698) 
- 
83 
(70) 
23 
(1,470) 
14 
(592) 
1,954 
1,362 

  $ 

  $ 

913 
55 

112 
183 
24 
(6) 
2
- 
165 
(83) 
60 
(70) 
(66) 

(209) 
(928) 
872 
181 
227 
(25) 
132 
1,539 

(126) 
(180) 

(1,938) 
179 
-
(43) 
(2,108) 

1,000 
(1,000) 
997 
(31) 

399 

(1,003) 

-
70 
(72) 
19 
379 
5
(185) 
2,139 
1,954 

133 
308 
29 
493 
(172) 
63 
320 
(87) 
99 
(8) 
(4) 

(708) 
370 
(189) 
(55) 
(47) 
- 
(17) 
1,351 

(195) 
(197) 

(358) 
63 
(55) 
15 
(727) 

3,630 
(3,630) 
699 
(4) 

97 

(298) 
(204) 
8 
(116) 
(4) 
178 
(55) 
747 
1,362 
2,109 

  $ 

See Financial Notes 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES

1.  Significant Accounting Policies 

McKesson  Corporation  (“McKesson,”  the  “Company,”  or  “we”  and  other  similar  pronouns)  is  a  corporation 
providing  supply,  information  and  care  management  products  and  services  designed  to  reduce  costs  and  improve 
quality across the healthcare industry. 

Basis of Presentation:  The consolidated financial statements of McKesson include the financial statements of 
all  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  majority-owned  or  controlled  companies  and  certain  immaterial  variable  interest 
entities (“VIEs”) of which we are the primary beneficiary.  Significant intercompany transactions and balances have 
been eliminated.  The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31.  Unless otherwise noted, all 
references to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. 

We  conduct  our  business  through  two  segments,  Distribution  Solutions  and  Technology  Solutions  as  further 

described in Financial Note 22, “Segments of Business.”   

Reclassifications:    Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year 

presentation.   

Use of Estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.    Actual  amounts  could  differ 
from those estimated amounts. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or 
less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents.  Included in cash and cash equivalents at 
March 31, 2009, are money market fund investments of $1.7 billion which are reported at fair value.  The fair value 
of these investments was determined by using quoted prices for identical investments in active markets which are 
considered to be Level 1 inputs under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value 
Measurements.”    The  carrying  value  of  all  other  cash  equivalents  approximates  fair  value  due  to  their  relatively 
short-term nature. 

We  maintain  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  several  financial  institutions.    Bank  deposits  may  exceed  the 
amount of federal deposit insurance.  Cash equivalents may be invested in money market funds.  We mitigate the 
risk  of  our  short-term  investment  portfolio  by  investing  the  majority  of  funds  in  U.S.  government  securities, 
depositing  funds  with  reputable  financial  institutions  and  monitoring  risk  profiles  and  investment  strategies  of 
money market funds.   

Restricted  Cash:    Cash  that  is  subject  to  legal  restrictions  or  is  unavailable  for  general  operating  purposes  is 

classified as restricted cash and included within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.  

Marketable Securities Available for Sale:  We carry our marketable securities which are available for sale at fair 
value and the net unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, computed in marking these securities to 
market have been reported within stockholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2009 and 2008, marketable securities were 
not material.   

68

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Concentrations  of  Credit  Risk  and  Receivables:   Our  trade  receivables subject us  to  a concentration of  credit 
risk  with  customers  primarily  in  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment.    At  March  31,  2009,  revenues  and  accounts 
receivable  from  our  ten  largest  customers  accounted  for  approximately  52%  of  consolidated  revenues  and 
approximately  49%  of  accounts  receivable.    At  March  31,  2009,  revenues  and  accounts  receivable  from  our  two 
largest customers, CVS Caremark Corporation and Rite Aid Corporation, represented approximately 14% and 12% 
of total consolidated revenues and 14% and 10% of accounts receivable.  Accordingly, any defaults in payment by 
or  a  reduction  in  purchases  from  our  large  customers  could  have  a  significant  negative  impact  on  our  financial 
condition, results of operations and liquidity.  In addition, trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit 
risk with customers in the institutional, retail and healthcare provider sectors, which can be affected by a downturn 
in the economy and changes in reimbursement policies.  This credit risk is mitigated by the size and diversity of the 
customer  base  as  well  as  its  geographic  dispersion.   We estimate  the  receivables  for  which we  do not  expect  full 
collection based on historical collection rates and ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of our customers.  An 
allowance is recorded in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts.   

Inventories:    We  state  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  (“LCM.”)    Inventories  for  our  Distribution 
Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale.  For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of 
the cost of domestic inventories is determined on the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and Canadian inventories are 
stated using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.  Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of computer 
hardware with cost determined by the standard cost method.  Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, chargebacks 
and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and 
are recognized when the inventory is sold.  Total inventories were $8.5 billion and $9.0 billion at March 31, 2009 
and 2008.   

The LIFO method was used to value approximately 88% of our inventories at March 31, 2009 and 2008.  At 
March 31, 2009 and 2008, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments (discussed below), were $85 million and $77 
million.  LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products.  In 2009, 2008 and 2007, we 
recognized  net  LIFO  expense  of  $8  million  and  net  LIFO  credits  of  $14  million  and  $64  million  within  our 
consolidated  statements  of  operations.    A  LIFO  expense  is  recognized  when  the  net  effect  of  price  increases  on 
branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-pharmaceutical  products  held  in  inventory  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  declines 
and  shifts  towards  generic  pharmaceutical  products,  including  the  effect  of  branded  pharmaceutical  products  that 
have  lost  market  exclusivity.    A  LIFO  credit  is  recognized  when  the  impact  of  price  declines  and  shifts  towards 
generic  pharmaceutical  products  exceeds  the  impact  of  price  increases  on  branded  pharmaceuticals  and  non-
pharmaceutical products held in inventory.   

We  believe  that  the  FIFO  inventory  costing  method  provides  a  reasonable  estimation  of  the  current  cost  of 
replacing inventory (i.e., “market”).  As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as 
valued  under  FIFO.    Primarily  due  to  continued  deflation  in  generic  pharmaceutical  inventories,  pharmaceutical 
inventories  at  LIFO  were  $107  million  and  $43  million  higher  than  FIFO  as  of  March  31,  2009  and  2008.    As  a 
result,  in  2009  and  2008,  we  recorded  LCM  charges  of  $64  million  and  $43  million  within  our  consolidated 
statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market.   

Property, Plant and Equipment:  We state our property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciate them under 
the  straight-line  method  at  rates  designed  to  distribute  the  cost  of  properties  over  estimated  service  lives  ranging 
from one to 30 years. 

69

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Capitalized Software Held for Sale:  Development costs for software held for sale, which primarily pertain to 
our Technology Solutions segment, are capitalized once a project has reached the point of technological feasibility.  
Completed  projects  are  amortized  after  reaching  the  point  of  general  availability  using  the  straight-line  method 
based on an estimated useful life of approximately three years.  We monitor the net realizable value of capitalized 
software held for sale to ensure that the investment will be recovered through future sales.   

Additional information regarding our capitalized software expenditures is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Amounts capitalized 
Amortization expense 
Third-party royalty fees paid 

$ 

2009 

74 
50 
50 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

  $ 

  $ 

73 
44 
52 

2007 

76 
43 
43 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators for potential 
impairment  exist.    Impairment  testing  is  conducted  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  generally  defined  as  a 
component,  one  level  below  our  Distribution  Solutions  and  Technology  Solutions  operating  segments,  for  which 
discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that 
unit.    Components  that  have  essentially  similar  operations,  products,  services  and  customers  are  aggregated  as  a 
single reporting unit. 

Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net 
assets for the reporting units.  If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step is performed to calculate the 
amount of impairment, which would be recorded as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations.  The fair 
value of a reporting unit is based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and 
discounted  cash  flows  and determination  of  market  value  multiples  for similar  businesses  or guideline  companies 
whose securities are actively traded in public markets.  The discount rate used for cash flows reflects capital market 
conditions  and  the  specific  risks  associated  with  the  business.    In  addition,  we  compare  the  aggregate  of  the 
reporting units’ fair value to the Company’s market capitalization as a further corroboration of the fair value.  The 
testing requires a complex series of assumptions and judgment by management in projecting future operating results, 
selecting  guideline  companies  for  comparisons  and  assessing  risks.    The  use  of  alternative  assumptions  and 
estimates  could  affect  the  fair  values  and  change  the  impairment  determinations.    Other  than  our  goodwill 
impairment  relating  to  the  disposition  of  our  Acute  Care  business  (see  Financial  Note  7,  “Discontinued 
Operations,”) there have been no goodwill impairments during the years presented. 

Intangible assets:  Substantially all of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are amortized over 
their  estimated  period  of  benefit,  ranging  from  one  to  fifteen  years.    We  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  intangible 
assets  periodically  and  take  into  account events  or  circumstances  that  warrant  revised  estimates  of  useful  lives  or 
that indicate that impairment exists.  No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of 
the years presented.   

Capitalized  Software  Held  for  Internal  Use:   We  capitalize  costs of  software held for  internal use during  the 
application development stage of a project and amortize those costs over the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging 
from one to ten years.  As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, capitalized software held for internal use was $475 million 
and  $458  million,  net  of  accumulated  amortization  of  $567  million  and  $467  million  and  was  included  in  other 
assets in the consolidated balance sheets.   

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Insurance Programs:  Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as 
well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.  It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain 
losses  primarily  related  to  workers’  compensation  and  comprehensive  general,  product  and  vehicle  liability.  
Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability 
for  claims  incurred  as  well  as  for  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported.    Such  estimates  utilize  certain  actuarial 
assumptions followed in the insurance industry. 

Revenue  Recognition:    Revenues  for  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  are  recognized  when  we  deliver 
product and title passes to the customer or when services have been rendered and there are no further obligations to 
customers.   

Revenues  are recorded net  of  sales  returns,  allowances, rebates  and other  incentives.   Our  sales return policy 
generally allows customers to return products only if they can be resold for value or returned to suppliers for full 
credit.  We accrue sales returns based on estimates at the time of sale to the customer.  Sales returns from customers 
were  approximately  $1,216  million,  $1,093  million  and  $1,113  million  in  2009,  2008  and  2007.    Taxes  collected 
from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis; that is, they are excluded from 
revenues.   

The revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment include large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to a limited 
number  of  large  customers  who  warehouse  their  own  product.    We  order  bulk  product  from  the  manufacturer, 
receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and deliver the bulk product (generally in the 
same  form  as  received  from  the  manufacturer)  directly  to  our  customers’  warehouses.    Sales  to  customers’ 
warehouses  amounted  to  $25.8  billion  in  2009,  $27.7  billion  in  2008  and  $27.6  billion  in  2007.    We  also  record 
revenues for direct store deliveries from most of these same customers.  Direct store deliveries are shipments from 
the manufacturer to our customers of a limited category of products that require special handling.  We assume the 
primary liability to the manufacturer for these products.   

Based on the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a 
Principal Versus Net as an Agent,” our revenues are recorded gross when we are the primary party obligated in the 
transaction, take title to and possession of the inventory, are subject to inventory risk, have latitude in establishing 
prices,  assume  the  risk  of  loss  for  collection  from  customers  as  well  as  delivery  or  return  of  the  product,  are 
responsible for fulfillment and other customer service requirements, or the transactions have several but not all of 
these indicators.

Revenues  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  are  generated  primarily  by  licensing  software  systems 
(consisting of software,  hardware  and maintenance support),  and providing  outsourcing  and professional  services.  
Revenue for this segment is recognized as follows: 

Software systems are marketed under information systems agreements as well as service agreements.  Perpetual 
software arrangements are recognized at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion method based 
on the terms and conditions in the contract.  Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are 
generally measured based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total estimated labor costs to be incurred.  
Changes in estimates to complete and revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings 
in the period in which they are determined.  We accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total 
contract costs exceeds total contract revenue.   

71

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Hardware  revenues  are  generally  recognized  upon  delivery.    Revenue  from  multi-year  software  license 
agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.  Software implementation fees are recognized as 
the  work  is  performed  or  under  the  percentage-of-completion  contract  method.    Maintenance  and  support 
agreements are marketed under annual or multi-year agreements and are recognized ratably over the period covered 
by  the  agreements.    Remote  processing  service  fees  are  recognized  monthly  as  the  service  is  performed.  
Outsourcing service revenues are recognized as the service is performed. 

We  also  offer  our  products  on  an  application  service  provider  (“ASP”)  basis,  making  available  our  software 
functionality on a remote hosting basis from our data centers.  The data centers provide system and administrative 
support, as well as hosting services.  Revenue on products sold on an ASP basis is recognized on a monthly basis 
over the term of the contract starting when the hosting services begin. 

This segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain any combination of software, 
hardware, implementation or consulting services, or maintenance services.  When some elements are delivered prior 
to others in an arrangement and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) exists for the undelivered 
elements, revenue for the delivered elements is recognized upon delivery of such items.  The segment establishes 
VSOE for hardware and implementation and consulting services based on the price charged when sold separately, 
and  for  maintenance  services,  based  on  renewal  rates  offered  to  customers.    Revenue  for  the  software  element  is 
recognized under the residual method only when fair value has been established for all of the undelivered elements 
in an arrangement.  If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement’s revenue 
is deferred until the delivery of the last element or until the fair value of the undelivered element is determinable. 

Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  also  includes  revenues  from  disease  management  programs  provided  to 
various  states’  Medicaid  programs.    These  service  contracts  include  provisions  for  achieving  certain  cost-savings 
and clinical targets.  If the targets are not met, a portion, or all, of the revenue must be refunded to the customer.  We 
recognize revenue during the term of the contract by assessing our actual performance compared to targets and then 
determining  the  amount  the  customer  would  be  legally  obligated  to  pay  if  the  contract  terminated  at  that  point.  
These  assessments  include  estimates  of  medical  claims  and  other  data,  which  could  require  future  adjustment 
because  there  is  generally  a  significant  time  delay  between  recording  the  accrual  and  the  final  settlement  of  the 
contract.  If data is insufficient to assess performance or we have not met the targets, we defer recognition of the 
revenue.  As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, we had deferred $82 million and $81 million related to these contracts, 
which was included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.  We generally have been successful in 
achieving performance goals under these contracts.   

Supplier Incentives:  We generally account for fees for service and other incentives received from our suppliers, 
relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory, as a reduction to cost of goods sold.  We consider these fees to 
represent  product  discounts  and  as  a  result,  the  fees  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  product  cost  and  recognized 
through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.  

Supplier Reserves:  We establish reserves against amounts due from our suppliers relating to various price and 
rebate  incentives,  including  deductions  or  billings  taken  against  payments  otherwise  due  to  them.    These  reserve 
estimates are established based on our judgment after carefully considering the status of current outstanding claims, 
historical  experience  with  the  suppliers,  the  specific  incentive  programs  and  any  other  pertinent  information 
available  to  us.    We  evaluate  the  amounts  due  from  our  suppliers  on  a  continual  basis  and  adjust  the  reserve 
estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances.  The ultimate outcome of any outstanding 
claim may be different than our estimate.  As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, supplier reserves were $113 million and 
$82 million.   

72

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Income  Taxes:    We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  the 
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been 
included in the financial statements.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on 
the difference between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in 
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are 
recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including 
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.  The amount recognized is 
measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon effective 
settlements.  Deferred taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of our foreign operations that are considered 
to be permanently reinvested.   

Foreign Currency Translation:  Our international subsidiaries generally consider their local currency to be their 
functional currency.  Assets and liabilities of these international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at year-
end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Cumulative 
currency  translation  adjustments  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  in  the 
stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheets.  Realized gains and losses from currency exchange 
transactions are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to 
our consolidated results of operations in 2009, 2008 or 2007. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of 
our foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.  If 
the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged 
item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings.  If the derivative is designated as 
a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  or  losses  and  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  when  the 
hedged item affects earnings.  We periodically evaluate hedge effectiveness and ineffective portions of changes in 
the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedges  are  recognized  as  a  charge  or  credit  to  earnings.    Derivative  instruments  not 
designated  as  hedges  are  marked-to-market  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period  with  the  results  included  in 
earnings. 

Accounts  Receivable  Sales:    At  March  31,  2009,  we  had  a  $1.0  billion  revolving  receivables  sales  facility.  

Through this facility, McKesson Corporation sells certain U.S. Pharmaceutical trade accounts receivable on a non-
recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary which then sells these receivables to a special purpose 
entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy-remote  subsidiary  of  McKesson  Corporation  that  is 
consolidated  in  our  financial  statements.    This  SPE  then  sells  undivided  interests  in  the  receivables  to  third-party 
purchaser  groups,  each  of  which  includes  commercial  paper  conduits  (“Conduits”),  which  are  special  purpose 
corporations administered by financial institutions.   

Sales  of  undivided  interests  in  the  receivables  by  the  SPE  to  the  Conduits  are  accounted  for  as  a  sale  in 
accordance with SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments 
of  Liabilities,”  because  we  have  relinquished  control  of  the  receivables.    Accordingly,  accounts  receivable  sold 
under  these  transactions  are  excluded  from  receivables,  net  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  
Receivables  sold  and  receivables  retained  by  the  Company  are  carried  at  face  value,  which  due  to  the  short-term 
nature of our accounts receivable and terms of the facility, approximates fair value.  McKesson receives cash in the 
amount of  the face  value  for the  receivables  sold.    No  gain  or  loss  is recorded  upon  sale  as  fee  charges  from  the 
Conduits are based upon a floating yield rate and the period the undivided interests remain outstanding.  Fee charges 
from  the  Conduits  are  accrued  at  the  end  of  each  month  and  are  recorded  in  administrative  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations.  Should we default under the accounts receivable sales facility, the Conduits 
are entitled to receive only collections on receivables owned by the SPE. 

73

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We continue servicing the receivables sold.  No servicing asset is recorded at the time of sale because we do not 
receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the receivables.  We do not record 
any  servicing  liability  at  the  time  of  sale  as  the  receivables  collection  period  is  relatively  short  and  the  costs  of 
servicing the receivables sold over the servicing period are insignificant.  Servicing costs are recognized as incurred 
over  the  servicing  period.    See  Financial  Note  12,  “Long-Term  Debt  and  Other  Financing,”  for  additional 
information.   

Share-Based  Payment:    We  account  for  all  share-based  payment  transactions  using  a  fair-value  based 
measurement method.  The share-based compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is 
ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded 
vesting and service conditions.  For awards with performance conditions and multiple vest dates, we recognize the 
expense on a graded vesting basis.  For awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the 
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis.    The  compensation  expense  recognized  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation 
paid to our employees.   

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:  On April 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards 
Board Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.”  Among other things, FIN No. 
48 requires application of a “more likely than not” threshold for the recognition and derecognition of tax positions.  
It further requires that a change in judgment related to prior years’ tax positions be recognized in the quarter of such 
change.  The April 1, 2007 adoption of FIN No. 48 resulted in a reduction of our retained earnings by $46 million. 

Effective  March  31,  2007,  we  adopted  SFAS  No.  158,  “Employers’  Accounting  for  Defined  Benefit  Pension 
and Other Postretirement Plans.”  SFAS No. 158 requires the recognition of an asset or a liability in the consolidated 
balance sheets reflecting the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefits, with current year changes in 
the  funded  status  recognized  in  stockholders’  equity.    SFAS  No.  158  did  not  change  the  existing  criteria  for 
measurement of periodic benefit costs, plan assets or benefit obligations.  Additionally, SFAS No. 158 requires that 
the measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations be performed as of the Company’s fiscal year-end.  
The  measurement  date  provision  of  SFAS No.  158 was  adopted  in  the  fourth quarter of 2009  and  did  not  have  a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  September  2006,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards Board  (“FASB”)  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements,” which provides a consistent definition of fair value that focuses on exit price and prioritizes the use 
of  market-based  inputs  over  entity-specific  inputs  for  measuring  fair  value.    SFAS  No.  157  requires  expanded 
disclosures about fair value measurements and establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements.  In 
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) Financial Accounting Standard (“FAS”) No. 157-1, 
“Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That 
Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,” which 
removes leasing from the scope of SFAS No. 157.  In February 2008, the FASB also issued FSP FAS No. 157-2, 
“Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” which permits companies to partially defer the effective date of SFAS 
No. 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value 
in the consolidated financial statements on a nonrecurring basis.   

On April 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities and for nonfinancial 
assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are remeasured at least annually.  We have elected to defer adoption of SFAS 
No. 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value 
in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis.  Accordingly, we have not applied the provisions of SFAS No. 
157  for  the  fair  value  measurement  of  the  nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  that  we  recorded  in 
connection  with  our  business  acquisitions  during  the  year.    The  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  157  are  applied 
prospectively.  The adoption of SFAS No. 157 on April 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial statements and no adjustment to retained earnings was required.  We will adopt the provision of SFAS No. 
157  regarding  nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  that  are  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the 
financial statements on a nonrecurring basis on April 1, 2009.  We do not expect the adoption will have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements.   

74

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On October 10, 2008, we adopted FSP No. FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When 
the  Market  for  That  Asset  Is  Not  Active,”  which  applies  to  financial  assets  within  the  scope  of  accounting 
pronouncements  that  require  or  permit  fair  value  measurements  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  157.    This  FSP 
clarifies  the  application  of  SFAS  No.  157  and  defines  additional  key  criteria  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  a 
financial  asset  when  the  market  for  that  financial  asset  is  not  active.    The  adoption  of  this  FSP  did  not  have  a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.   

On  April  1,  2008,  we  adopted  SFAS  No.  159,  “The  Fair  Value  Option  for  Financial  Assets  and  Financial 
Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.”  SFAS No. 159 permits us to elect fair value as 
the  initial  and  subsequent  measurement  attribute  for  certain  financial  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  otherwise 
required  to  be measured  at  fair  value  on  an  instrument-by-instrument  basis.    If  we  elect  the  fair  value  option,  we 
would  be  required  to  recognize  subsequent  changes  in  fair  value  in  our  earnings.    This  standard  also  establishes 
presentation  and  disclosure  requirements  designed  to  improve  comparisons  between  entities  that  choose  different 
measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities.  While SFAS No. 159 became effective for us in 
2009,  we  did  not  elect  the  fair  value  measurement  option  for  any  of  our  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and 
accordingly, SFAS No. 159 did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.  We could elect this 
option for new or substantially modified assets and liabilities in the future.   

On  April  1,  2008,  we  adopted  SFAS  No.  161,  “Disclosures  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 
Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.”  This statement requires enhanced disclosures about (1) 
how  and  why  an  entity  uses  derivative  instruments,  (2)  how  derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged  items  are 
accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and its related 
interpretations  and  (3)  how  derivative  instruments  and  related  hedged  items  affect  an  entity’s  financial  position, 
financial  performance  and  cash  flows.    The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.   

On October 1, 2008, we adopted FSP No. FAS 133-1 and FIN No. 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives 
and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FAS No. 133 and FIN No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of 
FAS No. 161.”  The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

On  November  15,  2008,  we  adopted  SFAS  No.  162,  “The  Hierarchy  of  Generally  Accepted  Accounting 
Principles.”    This  statement  identifies  the  sources  of  accounting  principles  and  the  framework  for  selecting  the 
principles  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  of  nongovernmental  entities  that  are  presented  in 
conformity  with  GAAP.    While  this  statement  formalizes  the  sources  and  hierarchy  of  GAAP  within  the 
authoritative  accounting  literature,  it  did  not  change  the  accounting  principles  that  were  already  in  place.    The 
adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

On December 31, 2008, we adopted FSP No. FAS 140-4 and FIN No. 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities 
(Enterprises)  about  Transfers  of  Financial  Assets  and  Interests  in  Variable  Interest  Entities.”    This  FSP  amends 
SFAS  No. 140,  “Accounting for  Transfers  and Servicing of  Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities,” 
and  FIN  No.  46  (revised  December  2003),  “Consolidation  of  Variable  Interest  Entities,”  to  require  enhanced 
disclosures by public entities in understanding the extent of a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred 
financial assets and an enterprise’s involvement with VIEs.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements.   

75

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements:  In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), 
“Business  Combinations.”    SFAS  No.  141(R)  amends  SFAS  No.  141,  “Business  Combinations”  and  provides 
revised  guidance  for  recognizing  and  measuring  identifiable  assets  and  goodwill  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and 
any  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  acquiree.    Additionally,  this  SFAS  provides  disclosure  requirements  to  enable 
users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination.  SFAS No. 
141(R) is effective for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after April 1, 2009 with the 
exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies.  SFAS No. 
141(R)  amends  SFAS  No.  109,  “Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,”  such  that  adjustments  made  to  valuation 
allowances  on  deferred  taxes  and  acquired  tax  contingencies  related  to  acquisitions  prior  to  the  effective  date  of 
SFAS No. 141(R) are also required to apply the provisions of this standard.  Early adoption of this SFAS was not 
permitted.    This  SFAS  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  upon  adoption; 
however, the SFAS will have an impact on any future acquisitions.   

In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  No.  FAS  141(R)-1,  “Accounting  for  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities 
Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies.”  FSP No. FAS 141(R)-1 amends and clarifies 
SFAS  No.  141(R)  to  address  application  issues  raised  on  the  initial  recognition  and  measurement,  subsequent 
measurement  and  accounting  and  disclosure  of  assets  and  liabilities  arising  from  contingencies  in  a  business 
combination.    This  FSP  applies  to  all  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination  that  arise 
from contingencies that would be within the scope of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” if not acquired 
or assumed in a business combination, except for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies that are subject to 
specific guidance in SFAS No. 141(R).  For us, FSP No. FAS 141(R)-1 will be effective for assets and liabilities 
arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after April 1, 2009.  This 
FSP will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption; however, the FSP will 
have an impact on any future acquisitions.   

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  160,  “Noncontrolling  Interests  in  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51.”  This statement requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling 
interests  as  equity  (as  opposed  to  a  liability  or  mezzanine  equity)  and  provides  guidance  on  the  accounting  for 
transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests.  This SFAS becomes effective for us on April 1, 2009.  
This  SFAS will  not  have  a material  impact  on our  consolidated  financial  statements  upon  adoption;  however,  the 
SFAS may have an impact on any future investments or divestitures of our investments.   

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.”  
FSP No. FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions 
used  to  determine  the  useful  life  of  a  recognized  intangible  asset  under  SFAS  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other 
Intangible Assets.”  This FSP becomes effective for us on April 1, 2009.  We do not currently anticipate that this 
FSP will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.   

In  June  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  No.  EITF  03-6-1,  “Determining  Whether  Instruments  Granted  in  Share-
Based  Payment  Transactions Are  Participating  Securities.”    FSP  No.  EITF  03-6-1  concluded  that  unvested  share-
based  payment  awards  that  contain  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents  (whether  paid  or 
unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share pursuant to 
the  two-class  method.    This  FSP  becomes  effective  for  us  on  April  1,  2009.    Early  adoption  of  the  FSP  was  not 
permitted;  however,  it  will  apply  retrospectively  to  our  earnings  per  share  as  previously  reported.    We  do  not 
currently  anticipate  that  this  FSP  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  upon 
adoption. 

In  December  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  No.  FAS  132(R)-1,  “Employers’  Disclosures  about  Postretirement 
Benefit Plan Assets.”  FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1 amends FAS No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about 
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of 
a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan.  This FSP will become effective for us in 2010.  We do not 
currently  anticipate  that  this  SFAS  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  upon 
adoption.   

76

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 
28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”  FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB Opinion No. 
28-1  amends  FASB  Statement  No.  107,  “Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments,”  to  require 
disclosures  about  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  for  interim  reporting  periods  as  well  as  in  annual  financial 
statements.  This FSP also amends APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require those disclosures 
in  interim  financial  statements.   FSP  No.  FAS 107-1  and APB Opinion No. 28-1 does  not  require disclosures for 
earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption.  This FSP becomes effective for us on June 
30,  2009.   We  do  not  currently  anticipate  that  this  FSP  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements upon adoption.   

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of 
Activity  for  the  Asset  or  Liability  Have  Significantly  Decreased  and  Identifying  Transactions  That  Are  Not 
Orderly.”  FSP No. FAS 157-4 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 
157 when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased.  Additionally, this 
FSP  provides  guidance  on  identifying  circumstances  that  indicate  a  transaction  is  not  orderly.    Retrospective 
application of this FSP to a prior interim or annual reporting period was not permitted.  This FSP becomes effective 
for  us  on  June  30,  2009.    We  do  not  currently  anticipate  that  this  FSP  will  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption.   

2.  Acquisitions and Investment 

In 2009, we made the following acquisition: 

− On  May  21,  2008,  we  acquired  McQueary  Brothers  Drug  Company  (“McQueary  Brothers”)  of  Springfield, 
Missouri  for  approximately  $190  million.    McQueary  Brothers  is  a  regional  distributor  of  pharmaceutical, 
health  and  beauty  products  to  independent  and  regional  chain  pharmacies  in  the  Midwestern  U.S.    This 
acquisition expanded our existing U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business.  The acquisition was funded with 
cash on hand.  Financial results for McQueary Brothers have been included within our Distribution Solutions 
segment since the date of acquisition. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 
acquisition date: 

(In millions)
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable and other liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

37 
41 
126 
67 
11 
(60) 
(32) 
190 

Approximately  $126  million  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  has  been  assigned  to  goodwill,  which  primarily 
reflects the expected future benefits from synergies to be realized upon integrating the business.  Included in the 
purchase  price  allocation  are  acquired  identifiable  intangibles  of  $61  million  representing  a  customer 
relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a trade name of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a 
not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life of 4 years.   

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In 2008, we made the following acquisition:   

− On October 29, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Oncology Therapeutics Network (“OTN”) of 
San  Francisco,  California  for  approximately  $519  million,  including  the  assumption  of  debt  and  net  of  $31 
million  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  acquired  from  OTN.    OTN  is  a  U.S.  distributor  of  specialty 
pharmaceuticals.  The acquisition of OTN expanded our existing specialty pharmaceutical distribution business.  
The  acquisition  was  funded  with  cash  on  hand.    Financial  results  of  OTN  have  been  included  within  our 
Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition.   

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 
acquisition date: 

(In millions)
Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Other liabilities 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

308 
87 
240 
128 
62 
36 
(311) 
(31) 
519 

Approximately  $240  million  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  has  been  assigned  to  goodwill,  which  primarily 
reflects  the  expected  future  benefits  from  synergies  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase 
price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $115 million representing customer relationships with a 
weighted-average life of 9 years, developed technology of $3 million with a weighted-average life of 4 years 
and trademarks and trade names of $10 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years.   

In 2007, we made the following acquisitions and investment: 

− On  January  26,  2007,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Per-Se  Technologies,  Inc.  (“Per-Se”)  of 
Alpharetta, Georgia for $28.00 per share in cash plus the assumption of Per-Se’s debt, or approximately $1.8 
billion  in  aggregate,  including  cash  acquired  of  $76  million.    Per-Se  is  a  leading  provider  of  financial  and 
administrative healthcare solutions for hospitals, physicians and retail pharmacies.  The acquisition of Per-Se is 
consistent  with  the  Company’s  strategy  of  providing  products  that  help  solve  clinical,  financial  and  business 
processes within the healthcare industry.  The acquisition was initially funded with cash on hand and through 
the  use  of  an  interim  credit  facility.    In  March  2007,  we  issued  $1  billion  of  long-term  debt,  with  such  net 
proceeds  after  offering  expenses  from  the  issuance,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  being  used  to  fully  repay 
borrowings  outstanding  under  the  interim  credit  facility  (refer  to  Financial  Note  12,  “Long-Term  Debt  and 
Other  Financing”).    Financial  results  for  Per-Se  are  primarily  included  within  our  Technology  Solutions 
segment. 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  of  the 
acquisition date: 

(In millions)
Accounts receivable 
Property and equipment 
Other current and noncurrent assets 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Accounts payable 
Other current liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Long-term liabilities 
Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

107 
41 
115 
1,258 
471 
(8) 
(126) 
(30) 
(96) 
1,732 

Approximately $1,258 million of the purchase price allocation has been assigned to goodwill, which primarily 
reflects  the  expected  future  benefits  from  synergies  upon  integrating  the  business.    Included  in  the  purchase 
price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $402 million representing customer relationships with a 
weighted-average life of 10 years, developed technology of $56 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years, 
and trademark and trade names of $13 million with a weighted-average life of 5 years.   

In  connection  with  the  purchase  price  allocation,  we  have  estimated  the  fair  value  of  the  support  obligations 
assumed  from  Per-Se  in  connection  with  the  acquisition.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  these  obligations  was 
determined utilizing a cost build-up approach.  The cost build-up approach determines fair value by estimating 
the costs relating to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin.  The sum of the costs and operating 
profit  approximates,  in  theory,  the  amount  that  we  would  be  required  to  pay  a  third  party  to  assume  these 
obligations.    As  a  result,  in  allocating  the  purchase  price,  we  recorded  an  adjustment  to  reduce  the  carrying 
value of Per-Se’s deferred revenue by $17 million to $30 million, which represents our estimate of the fair value 
of the obligation assumed. 

− Our  Technology  Solutions  segment  acquired  RelayHealth  Corporation  (“RelayHealth”)  based  in  Emeryville, 
California.    RelayHealth  is  a  provider  of  secure  online  healthcare  communication  services  linking  patients, 
healthcare  professionals,  payors  and  pharmacies.    This  segment  also  acquired  two  other  entities,  one 
specializing  in  patient  billing  solutions  designed  to  simplify  and  enhance  healthcare  providers’  financial 
interactions with their patients as well as a provider of integrated software for electronic health records, medical 
billing and appointment scheduling for independent physician practices.  The total cost of these three entities 
was $90 million, which was paid in cash.  Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $63 million. 

− Our  Distribution  Solutions  segment  acquired  Sterling  Medical  Services,  LLC  (“Sterling”)  which  is  based  in 
Moorestown, New Jersey.  Sterling is a national provider and distributor of disposable medical supplies, health 
management services and quality management programs to the home care market.  This segment also acquired a 
medical supply sourcing agent.  The total cost of these two entities was $95 million, which was paid in cash.  
Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $47 million. 

− We  contributed  $36  million  in  cash  and  $45  million  in  net  assets  primarily  from  our  Pharmacy  Systems  and 
Automation  business  to  Parata  Systems,  LLC  (“Parata,”)  in  exchange  for  a  significant  minority  interest  in 
Parata.    Parata  is  a  manufacturer  of  pharmacy  robotic  equipment.    In  connection  with  the  investment,  we 
abandoned certain assets which resulted in a $15 million charge to cost of sales and we incurred $6 million of 
other expenses related to the transaction which were recorded within operating expenses.  We did not recognize 
any additional gains or losses as a result of this transaction as we believed the fair value of our investment in 
Parata approximated the carrying value of consideration contributed to Parata.   

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions and investments within 
both  of  our  operating  segments.    Financial  results  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  our 
consolidated  financial  statements  since  their  respective  acquisition  dates.    Purchase  prices  for  our  business 
acquisitions  have  been  allocated  based  on  estimated  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition  and  for  certain  recent 
acquisitions, may be subject to change as we continue to evaluate and implement various restructuring initiatives.  
Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  Pro 
forma  results  of  operations  for  our  business  acquisitions  have  not  been  presented  because  the  effects  were  not 
material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis.   

3.  Share-Based Payment 

We provide share-based compensation for our employees, officers and non-employee directors, including stock 
options, an employee stock purchase plan, restricted stock (“RS”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-
based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) (collectively, “share-based awards.”)  On April 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 
No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”  Accordingly, we began to recognize compensation expense for the fair value 
of  share-based  awards  granted,  modified,  repurchased  or  cancelled  from  April  1,  2006  forward.    Compensation 
expense is recognized for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest.  For the unvested portion of 
awards issued prior to and outstanding as of April 1, 2006, the expense is recognized at the grant-date fair value as 
the remaining requisite service is rendered.   

We  develop  an  estimate  of  the  number  of  share-based  awards  which  will  ultimately  vest  primarily  based  on 
historical  experience.    The  estimated  forfeiture  rate  established  upon  grant  is  re-assessed  throughout  the  requisite 
service  period.    As  required,  the  forfeiture  estimates  will  be  adjusted  to  reflect  actual  forfeitures  when  an  award 
vests.  The actual forfeitures in future reporting periods could be higher or lower than our current estimates.  The 
weighted-average  forfeiture  rate  is  approximately  4%  at  March  31,  2009.    As  a  result,  the  future  share-based 
compensation expense may differ from the Company’s historical amounts.   

The  compensation  expense  recognized  under  SFAS  No.  123(R)  has  been  classified  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation 
paid to our employees.  There was no material share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of 
an asset in 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

We  utilize  the  “short-cut”  method  for  calculating  the  tax  effects  of  share-based  compensation.    Under  this 
method,  a  simplified  calculation  is  applied  in  establishing  the  beginning  additional  paid-in  capital  (“APIC”)  pool 
balance as well as determining the future impact on the APIC pool and our consolidated statements of cash flows 
relating to the tax effects of share-based compensation.   

80

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Impact on Net Income 

The components of share-based compensation expense and the related tax benefit are shown in the following 

table:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
RSUs and RS (1)
PeRSUs (2)
Stock options 
Employee stock purchase plan 
Share-based compensation expense 
Tax benefit for share-based compensation expense (3) 
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax (4) 
Impact of share-based compensation: 
Earnings per share 

Diluted 
Basic 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

$ 

60 
13 
18 
8 
99 
(34) 
65 

0.23 
0.24 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

50 
22 
11 
8 
91 
(31) 
60 

0.20 
0.21 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

22 
24 
7 
7 
60 
(20) 
40 

0.13 
0.13 

(1) This expense was primarily the result of PeRSUs awarded in prior years, which converted to RSUs due to the attainment of 

goals during the applicable years’ performance period. 

(2) Represents estimated compensation expense for PeRSUs that are conditional upon attaining performance objectives during 

(3)

the current year’s performance period.   
Income  tax  expense  is  computed  based  on  applicable  tax  jurisdictions.    Additionally,  a  portion  of  pre-tax  compensation 
expense is not tax-deductible. 

(4) No material share-based compensation expense was included in Discontinued Operations. 

Stock Plans 

The  2005  Stock  Plan  provides  our  employees,  officers  and  non-employee  directors  share-based  long-term 
incentives.  The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 28 million shares in the form of stock options, RS, 
RSUs, PeRSUs and other share-based awards.  As of March 31, 2009, 12 million shares remain available for future 
grant.  As a result of acquisitions, we currently have 2 other option plans under which no further awards have been 
made since their respective acquisition dates.   

Stock Options 

Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan 
generally  have  a  contractual  term  of  seven  years  and  follow  a  four-year  vesting  schedule.    Prior  to  2005,  stock 
options typically vested over a four-year period and had a contractual term of ten years.  We expect option grants in 
2010  and  future  years  will  have  the  same  general  contractual  life  and  vesting  schedule  as  those  options  granted 
under the 2005 Stock Plan.   

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Compensation expense for stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
and  is  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest.    We 
continue to use the Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of our stock options.  Once the fair value of an 
employee  stock  option  is  determined,  current  accounting  practices  do  not  permit  it  to  be  changed,  even  if  the 
estimates  used  are  different  from  actual.    The  option  pricing  model  requires  the  use  of  various  estimates  and 
assumptions as follows: 

−

−

−

−

Expected  stock  price  volatility  is  based  on  a  combination  of  historical  volatility  of  our  common  stock  and 
implied market volatility.  We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock 
price movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations.   

Expected dividend yield is based on historical experience and investors’ current expectations. 

The risk-free  interest  rate  for  periods  within  the  expected  life  of  the option  is based on  the  constant maturity 
U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant. 

Expected life of the options is based primarily on historical employee stock option exercise and other behavior 
data  and  also  reflects  the  impact  of  changes  in  contractual  life  of  current  option  grants  compared  to  our 
historical grants.   

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of employee stock options were as follows: 

Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

27% 
0.6% 
3% 
5 

24% 
0.4% 
5% 
5 

27% 
0.5% 
5% 
5 

The following is a summary of options outstanding at March 31, 2009: 

Range of Exercise 
Prices
$  13.67  -  $  27.35   
$  27.36  -  $  41.02   
$  41.03  -  $  54.70   
$  54.71  -  $  68.37   

Number of 
Options
Outstanding At 
Year End 
(In millions)

Options Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
1 
3 
3 
6 
3 

$

Weighted-
Average
Exercise 
Price
21.27 
34.06 
45.94 
59.61 
39.28 

Options Exercisable

Number of 
Options
Exercisable at 
Year End 
(In millions)

1 
12 
3 
- 
16 

$ 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
21.27 
34.06 
45.58 
62.26 
36.22 

1 
12 
4 
2 
19 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The following table summarizes stock option activity during 2009, 2008 and 2007: 

(In millions, except per share data and 

years) 

Outstanding, March 31, 2006 

Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding, March 31, 2007 

Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled and forfeited 
Outstanding, March 31, 2008 

Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled and forfeited 
Outstanding, March 31, 2009 

Vested and expected to vest (1) 

Exercisable, March 31, 2009 

Shares
46 
1 
(11) 
36 
1 
(9) 
(2) 
26 
1 
(1) 
(7) 
19 

19 

16 

Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value (2)

  $ 

43.38 
48.13 
33.71 
46.32 
62.12 
36.43 
69.35 
48.59 
57.81 
33.49 
78.35 
39.28 

38.67 

36.22 

4 

  $ 

601 

3 

3 

3 

3 

298 

33 

33 

33 

(1) The number of options expected to vest takes into account an estimate of expected forfeitures. 
(2) The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the period-end market price of the Company’s common 

stock and the option exercise price, times the number of “in-the-money” option shares. 

The following table provides data related to all stock option activity: 

(In millions, except per share data and years) 
Weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option  $ 
$ 
Aggregate intrinsic value on exercise 
$ 
Cash received upon exercise 
$ 
Tax benefits realized related to exercise 
Total fair value of shares vested 
$ 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to unvested stock options not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

$ 

Weighted-average period in years over which stock 

option compensation cost is expected to be recognized  

1 

RS, RSUs and PeRSUs 

2009 
16.16 
30 
49 
14 
13 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
17.90 
220 
309 
83 
8 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

30 

  $ 

25 

1 

2007 
15.43 
204 
354 
74 
4 

18 

2 

RS and RSUs, which entitle the holder to receive at the end of a vesting term, a specified number of shares of 
the Company’s common stock are accounted for at fair value at the date of grant.  The fair value of RS and RSUs 
under our stock plans is determined by the product of the number of shares that are expected to vest and the grant 
date market price of the Company’s common stock.  The Compensation Committee determines the vesting terms at 
the time of grant.  These awards generally vest in four years.  We have elected to expense the fair value of RS and 
RSUs with only graded vesting and service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.  RS 
contains certain restrictions on transferability and may not be transferred until such restrictions lapse.   

83

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Non-employee directors receive an annual grant of up to 5,000 RSUs, which vest immediately and are expensed 
upon  grant.    However,  payment  of  any  shares  granted  prior  to  the  July  2008  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  is 
delayed until the director is no longer performing services for the Company.  For those RSUs granted subsequent to 
July  2008,  the  director  may  receive  payment  immediately  or  defer  receipt  of  shares  if  they  meet  director  stock 
ownership  guidelines.    At  March  31,  2009,  78,000  RSUs  for  our  directors  are  vested,  but  shares  have  not  been 
issued.

PeRSUs are RSUs for which the number of RSUs awarded may be conditional upon the attainment of one or 
more  performance  objectives  over  a  specified  period.    PeRSUs  are  accounted  for  as  variable  awards  until  the 
performance  goals  are  reached  and  the  grant  date  is  established.    The  fair  value  of  PeRSUs  is  determined  by  the 
product of the number of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest, and the market price of the Company’s 
common  stock,  commencing  at  the  inception  of  the  requisite  service  period.    During  the  performance  period,  the 
PeRSUs are re-valued using the market price and the performance modifier at the end of a reporting period.  At the 
end  of  the  performance  period,  if  the  goals  are  attained,  the  awards  are  granted  and  classified  as  RSUs  and 
accounted for on that basis.  For PeRSUs granted prior to 2009 with multiple vest dates, we recognize the fair value 
of  these  awards  on  a  graded  vesting  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  four  years.    2009  PeRSUs  and  the 
related RSUs (when they will be granted in 2010) have a single vest date and accordingly, we recognize expense on 
a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of four years.   

The following table summarizes RS and RSU activity during 2009, 2008 and 2007: 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share

  $ 

(In millions, except per share data)
Nonvested, March 31, 2006 

Granted 

Nonvested, March 31, 2007 

Granted 

Nonvested, March 31, 2008 

Granted 
Vested

Nonvested, March 31, 2009 

The following table provides data related to RS and RSU activity:  

Shares
1 
1
2 
1
3 
1
(1) 
3 

(Dollars in millions) 
Total fair value of shares vested 
Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to nonvested RSU awards not yet recognized, 
pre-tax 

Weighted-average period in years over which RSU cost 

$ 

$ 

2009 

101 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
20 

  $ 

  $ 

52 

  $ 

49 

  $ 

is expected to be recognized 

1 

1 

38.01 
49.56 
45.18 
61.92 
54.13 
57.38 
57.61 
54.70 

2007 

5 

32 

2 

In May 2008, the Compensation Committee approved 1 million PeRSU target share units representing the base 
number of awards that could be granted, if goals are attained, and would be granted in the first quarter of 2010 (the 
“2009 PeRSU”).  These target share units are not included in the table above as they have not been granted in the 
form of RSUs.  As of March 31, 2009, the total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested 
2009 PeRSUs not yet recognized was approximately $46 million, pre-tax (based on the period-end market price of 
the Company’s common stock) and the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 
3 years.   

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” the 2009 PeRSUs are included in the 
calculation  of  diluted  weighted  average  shares  for  the year  ended  March  31,  2009  as  the  performance  goals  have 
been achieved. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) 

The Company has an ESPP under which 16 million shares have been authorized for issuance.  The ESPP allows 
eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions.  The deductions occur over 
three-month  purchase  periods  and  the  shares  are  then  purchased  at  85%  of  the  market  price  at  the  end  of  each 
purchase period.  Employees are allowed to terminate their participation in the ESPP at any time during the purchase 
period prior to the purchase of the shares.  The 15% discount provided to employees on these shares is included in 
compensation  expense.    The  funds  outstanding  at  the  end  of  a  quarter  are  included  in  the  calculation  of  diluted 
weighted average shares outstanding.  These amounts have not been significant.  In 2009, 2008 and 2007, 1 million 
shares were issued under the ESPP and 4 million shares remain available for issuance at March 31, 2009. 

4.  Restructuring Activities and Other Workforce Reduction Charges 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  our  restructuring  liabilities  for  the  three  years  ended 

March 31, 2009: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2006 $
Expenses 
Liabilities related to 

acquisitions 
Cash expenditures 
Balance, March 31, 2007 
Expenses 
Asset impairments 
Total charge 

Liabilities related to 

acquisitions 
Cash expenditures 
Non-cash items 
Balance, March 31, 2008 
Expenses 
Liabilities related to 

acquisitions 
Cash expenditures 
Non-cash items 
Balance, March 31, 2009  $

  Corporate 
Distribution Solutions 
Severance  Exit-Related   Severance  Exit-Related   Severance 

  Technology Solutions 

6 
3 

- 
(6) 
3 
5 
- 
5 

6 
(7) 
- 
7 
4 

3 
(8) 
- 
6 

$ 

$ 

29 
(1) 

(14) 
(8) 
6 
- 
3 
3 

1 
- 
(3) 
7 
- 

1 
(5) 
- 
3 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
13 

8 
(5) 
16 
1 
- 
1 

11 
(22) 
- 
6 
(1) 

- 
(4) 
- 
1 

$ 

$ 

1 
- 

4 
- 
5 
4 
4 
8 

1 
(4) 
(4) 
6 
(1) 

- 
(2) 
(1) 
2 

  $ 

  $ 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
2 
- 
2 

- 
- 
- 
2 
(1) 

- 
- 
- 
1 

  $ 

Total 
36 
15 

(2) 
(19) 
30 
12 
7 
19 

19 
(33) 
(7) 
28 
1 

4 
(19) 
(1) 
13 

  $ 

Our  restructuring  activities  are  primarily  due  to  the  consolidation  of  business  functions  and  facilities  from 

newly acquired businesses.   

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Restructuring Activities and Asset Impairment – Expenses 

During 2009, there were no material restructuring costs incurred. 

During 2008, we incurred $19 million of restructuring expenses which primarily consisted of: 

−

−

−

$4 million of severance costs associated with the closure of two facilities within our Distribution Solutions 
segment,  

$1  million  and  $3  million  of  severance  and  asset  impairments  associated  with  the  integration  of  OTN 
within our Distribution Solutions segment, and  

$5 million of severance and exit-related costs and a $4 million asset impairment charge for the write-off of 
capitalized  software  costs  associated  with  the  termination  of  a  software  project  within  our  Technology 
Solutions segment. 

During  2007,  we  recorded  $15  million  of  restructuring  expenses,  of  which  $8  million  pertained  to  employee 
severance  costs  associated  with  the  reallocation  of  product  development  and  marketing  resources  and  the 
realignment of an international business within our Technology Solutions segment.  

Restructuring Activities – Liabilities Related to Acquisitions 

In connection with our OTN acquisition within our Distribution Solutions segment, to date we recorded a total 
of  $7  million  of  employee  severance  costs  and  $4  million  of  facility  exit  costs.    In  connection  with  our  Per-Se 
acquisition  within  our  Technology  Solutions  segment,  we  recorded  a  total  of  $19  million  of  employee  severance 
costs  and  $3  million  of  facility  exit  and  contract  termination  costs.    In  2007,  in  connection  with  the  Company’s 
investment in Parata, $13 million of contract termination costs that were initially estimated as part of a prior year 
acquisition were extinguished and as a result, the Company decreased goodwill and its restructuring liability.   

As  of  March  31,  2009,  the  majority  of  the  restructuring  accruals  of  $13  million,  which  primarily  consist  of 
employee  severance  costs  and  facility  exit  and  contract  termination  costs,  are  anticipated  to  be  disbursed  through 
2010.    Accrued  restructuring  liabilities  are  included  in  other  accrued  and  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets.   

Based on our current existing initiatives, we expect to complete the majority of these activities by the end of 
2010.    Expenses  associated  with  these  existing  initiatives  are  not  anticipated  to  be  material.    We  are  however, 
continuing  to evaluate  other restructuring  initiatives  primarily  pertaining  to  our newly  acquired businesses, which 
may  have  an  impact  on  future  net  income.    Approximately  935  employees,  consisting  primarily  of  distribution, 
general  and  administrative  staffs  were  planned  to  be  terminated  as  part  of  our  restructuring  plans,  of  which  661 
employees  had  been  terminated  as  of  March  31,  2009.    Restructuring  expenses  are  included  in  cost  of  sales  and 
operating expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.   

Other Workforce Reduction Charges 

In 2009 and 2008, we recorded $32 million ($7 million for our Distribution Solutions Segment and $25 million 
for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment)  and  $8  million  of  charges  (for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment) 
associated with various reductions in workforce.  Although these actions do not constitute a restructuring plan (as 
defined under GAAP), they do represent independent actions taken from time to time, as appropriate.  These charges 
were recorded within our consolidated statements of operations as follows: $5 million and $7 million in cost of sales 
in 2009 and 2008 and $28 million and $20 million within operating expenses. 

86

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

5.  Other Income, Net 

(In millions) 
Interest income 
Equity in earnings, net 
Gain on sale of investment 
Impairment of investments 
Other, net 
Total 

2009 

31 
7 
24 
(63) 
13 
12 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
89 
21 
- 
- 
11 
121 

  $ 

  $ 

2007 

103 
23 
- 
- 
6 
132 

We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values of such investment may have experienced an other than temporary decline in value.  During the fourth quarter 
of 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata was lower than its carrying value and that such 
impairment was other than temporary.  Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on 
estimated future results and market capitalization rates.  We determined the impairment was other than temporary 
based  on  our  assessment  of  all  relevant  factors  including  a  deterioration  in  the  investee’s  financial  condition  and 
weak market conditions.  As a result, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $58 million ($55 million after-tax) on this 
investment which is recorded within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.  Our investment 
in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting within our Distribution Solutions segment. 

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we also recorded a pre-tax impairment of $5 million ($5 million after-tax) on 

another equity-held investment within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

In July 2008, our Distribution Solutions segment sold its 42% equity interest in Verispan, L.L.C. (“Verispan”), 

a data analytics company, for a pre-tax gain of approximately $24 million or $14 million after-tax.   

6. 

Income Taxes 

(In millions) 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   
$ 
U.S. 
Foreign 
Total income from continuing operations before income 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

623 
441 

  $ 

1,059 
398 

  $ 

987 
310 

taxes 

$ 

1,064 

  $ 

1,457 

  $ 

1,297 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following:  

(In millions) 
Current
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total current 

Deferred 
Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total deferred 
Income tax provision 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

177 
(111) 
35 
101 

69 
62 
9 
140 
241 

  $ 

  $ 

189 
59 
22 
270 

178 
16 
4 
198 
468 

  $ 

  $ 

71 
69 
22 
162 

204 
(18) 
(19) 
167 
329 

In 2009, we recorded a total income tax expense of $241 million, which included an income tax benefit of $182 
million  related  to  the  Average  Wholesale  Price  (“AWP”)  Litigation  charge  described  in  more  detail  in  Financial 
Note 18, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities.”  The tax benefit could change in the future depending on 
the resolution of the pending and expected claims.   

In 2009, current income tax expense included $111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which 
primarily  relate  to  the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  related  accrued  interest.    The 
recognition of these discrete items is primarily due to the lapsing of the statutes of limitations.  Of the $111 million 
of net current tax benefits, $87 million represents a non-cash benefit to McKesson.  In accordance with SFAS No. 
109,  “Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,”  the  net  tax  benefit  is  included  in  our  income  tax  expense  from  continuing 
operations.   

In  June  2008,  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  began  its  examination  of  fiscal  years  2003  through 
2006.    On  October  3,  2008,  the  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008  (“Stabilization  Act”),  which 
included  a  retroactive  reinstatement  of  the  federal  research  and  development  credit,  was  signed  into  law.    The 
Stabilization Act extends the federal research and development credit to December 31, 2009.  In 2009, we recorded 
a benefit to our income tax provision as a result of these research and development credits.  In Canada, we received 
an assessment from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $19 million related to transfer pricing for 
2004.  We plan to appeal the assessment.  We believe we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results 
for  2004  and  future  years.    In  nearly  all  jurisdictions,  the  tax  years  prior  to  2003  are  no  longer  subject  to 
examination.  We believe that we have made adequate provision for all remaining income tax uncertainties.   

In 2008, the IRS completed an examination of our consolidated income tax returns for 2000 to 2002 resulting in 
a signed Revenue Agent Report (“RAR”), which was approved by the Joint Committee on Taxation during the third 
quarter of 2008.  The IRS and the Company have agreed to certain adjustments, primarily related to transfer pricing 
and income tax credits.  As a result of the approved RAR, we recognized approximately $25 million of net federal 
and state income tax benefits.  In Canada, we received an assessment from the CRA for a total of $9 million related 
to  transfer  pricing  for  2003.    We  have  filed  an  appeal  with  the  Tax  Court  of  Canada.    We  believe  we  have 
adequately provided for any potential adverse results for 2003.  During 2008, we also favorably concluded various 
foreign examinations, which resulted in the recognition of approximately $4 million of income tax benefits.  Income 
tax expense for 2008 was also impacted by a non-tax deductible $13 million increase in a legal reserve.   

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In  2007, we recorded  a  credit  to  current  income  tax  expense of $83  million which primarily  pertained  to our 
receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS holding that our payment of approximately $960 million to settle our 
Consolidated  Securities  Litigation  Action  (refer  to  Financial  Note  18,  “Other  Commitments  and  Contingent 
Liabilities,” for further discussion) is fully tax-deductible.  We previously established tax reserves to reflect the lack 
of  certainty  regarding  the  tax  deductibility  of  settlement  amounts  paid  in  the  Consolidated  Securities  Litigation 
Action and related litigation.  In 2007, we also recorded $24 million in income tax benefits arising primarily from 
settlements  and  adjustments  with  various  taxing  authorities  and  research  and  development  investment  tax  credits 
from our Canadian operations.  

Significant  judgments  and  estimates  are  required  in  determining  the  consolidated  income  tax  provision.  
Although  our  major  taxing  jurisdictions  are  the  U.S.  and  Canada,  we  are  subject  to  income  taxes  in  numerous 
foreign  jurisdictions.    Annually,  we  file  a  federal  consolidated  income  tax  return  with  the  IRS,  and  over  1,200 
returns  with  various  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions.    Our  income  tax  expense,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities 
reflect management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid.   

The  reconciliation  between  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  on  income  from  continuing  operations  and  the 

statutory tax rate is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income tax provision at federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit 
Foreign tax rate differential 
Consolidated Securities Litigation Action reserve 
Unrecognized tax benefits and settlements 
Tax credits 
Other, net 

Income tax provision 

$ 

$ 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

372 
18 
(120) 
- 
(21) 
(20) 
12 
241 

  $ 

  $ 

510 
43 
(120) 
- 
31 
(16) 
20 
468 

  $ 

  $ 

454 
34 
(104) 
(83) 
44 
(5) 
(11) 
329 

At March 31, 2009, undistributed earnings of our foreign operations totaling $1,836 million were considered to 
be permanently reinvested.  No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the 
U.S. since it is our intention to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations as well as to fund certain research and 
development activities for an indefinite period of time, or to repatriate such earnings when it is tax efficient to do so.  
The  determination  of  the  amount  of  deferred  taxes  on  these  earnings  is  not  practicable  because  the  computation 
would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made. 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:   

(In millions)
Assets
Receivable allowances 
Deferred revenue 
Compensation and benefit-related accruals 
AWP Litigation accrual 
Loss and credit carryforwards 
Other 
Subtotal 
Less: valuation allowance 
Total assets 
Liabilities
Basis difference for inventory valuation and other assets 
Basis difference for fixed assets and systems development costs 
Intangibles 
Other 
Total liabilities 
Net deferred tax liability 

Current net deferred tax liability 
Long term net deferred tax asset  
Net deferred tax liability 

March 31, 

2009 

2008 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

70 
170 
274 
172 
529 
357 
1,572 
(125) 
1,447 

(1,286) 
(207) 
(238) 
(158) 
(1,889) 
(442) 

(695) 
253 
(442) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

57 
124 
286 
- 
566 
257 
1,290 
(27) 
1,263 

(1,097) 
(163) 
(154) 
(141) 
(1,555) 
(292) 

(767) 
475 
(292) 

We have federal, state and foreign income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $267 million, $2,731 million 
and $185 million.  The federal and state net operating losses will expire at various dates from 2010 through 2029.  
The foreign net operating losses have indefinite lives.  We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from 
certain federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards may not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, we 
have provided valuation allowances of $5 million, $36 million and $39 million on the deferred tax assets relating to 
these  federal,  state  and  foreign  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.    We  also  have  federal  and  state  capital  loss 
carryforwards of $43 million and $37 million.  The federal and state net operating losses will expire at various dates 
from  2011  through  2029.    We  believe  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefit  from  these  capital  loss 
carryforwards  may  not  be  realized.    In  recognition  of  this  risk,  we  have  provided  valuation  allowances  of  $15 
million and $3 million.   

We  also  have  domestic  income  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $202  million  which  are  primarily  alternative 
minimum tax credit carryforwards that have an indefinite life.  However, we believe that it is more likely than not 
that the benefit from certain state tax credits of $4 million may not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, we have 
provided a valuation allowance of $4 million.  In addition, we have federal and Canadian research and development 
credit carryforwards of $61 million and $11 million.  The federal and Canadian research and development credits 
will expire at various dates from 2017 to 2028.   

We adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” as of April 1, 2007, 
which  resulted  in  a  reduction  of  our  retained  earnings  by  $46  million.    FIN  No.  48  clarifies  the  accounting  for 
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting 
for Income Taxes.”  This standard also provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized 
when it is  more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any 
related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.    The  amount  recognized  is  measured  as  the 
largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon effective settlements.  This 
interpretation  also  provides  guidance  on  measurement,  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  At April 1, 2007, our “unrecognized tax benefits” defined 
as the aggregate tax effect of differences between tax return positions and the benefits recognized in our financial 
statements, amounted to $465 million. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  related  to  our  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  two  years 

ended March 31, 2009 

(In millions) 
Balance at March 31, 2007 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year  
Reductions based on settlements 
Balance at March 31, 2008
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year 
Reductions based on settlements 
Reductions based on the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations 
Balance at March 31, 2009 

Unrecognized 
Tax Benefits 

  $ 

  $ 

465 
58 
(27) 
496 
77 
61 
(41) 
(67) 
526 

Of the total $526 million in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2009, $325 million would reduce income 
tax expense and the effective tax rate if recognized.  During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that 
audit resolutions and the expiration of statutes of limitations could potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits 
by up to $27 million.  However, this amount may change because we continue to have ongoing negotiations with 
various taxing authorities throughout the year.   

We  continue  to  report  interest  and  penalties  on  tax  deficiencies  as  income  tax  expense.    At  March  31,  2009, 
before any tax benefits, our accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $101 million.  We recognized 
an  income  tax  benefit  of  $29  million,  before  any  tax  effect,  related  to  interest  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations during 2009.  We have no material amounts accrued for penalties.   

7.  Discontinued Operations 

Results from discontinued operations were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations 
Acute Care 
Other 
Income taxes 
Total 

Loss on sales of discontinued operations 
Acute Care 
Other 
Income taxes 
Total 

Discontinued operations, net of taxes 
Acute Care 
Other 

Total 

Years Ended March 31, (1)
2007 
2008 

1 
1 
(1) 
1 

- 
- 
- 
- 

1 
- 
1 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(9) 
- 
4 
(5) 

(49) 
10 
(11) 
(50) 

(66) 
11 
(55) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1) No charges for discontinued operations were incurred during 2009. 

In  2007,  we  sold  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Medical-Surgical  Acute  Care  business  to  Owens  & 
Minor, Inc. (“OMI”) for net cash proceeds of approximately $160 million.  Revenues associated with the Acute Care 
business prior to its disposition were $597 million for 2007.   

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial  results  for  2007  for  this  discontinued  operation  include  an  after-tax  loss  of  $66  million,  which 
primarily consists of an after-tax loss of $61 million for the business’ disposition and $5 million of after-tax losses 
associated with operations, other asset impairment charges and employee severance costs.  The after-tax loss of $61 
million  for  the  business’  disposition  includes  a  $79  million  non-tax  deductible  write-off  of  goodwill,  as  further 
described below.   

In  connection  with  this  divestiture,  we  allocated  a  portion  of  our  Distribution  Solutions  segment’s  Medical-
Surgical Distribution business’ goodwill to the Acute Care business as required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and 
Other Intangible Assets.”  The allocation was based on the relative fair values of the Acute Care business and the 
continuing  businesses  that  are  being  retained  by  the  Company.    The  fair  value  of  the  Acute  Care  business  was 
determined based on the net cash proceeds resulting from the divestiture.  As a result, we allocated $79 million of 
the segment’s goodwill to the Acute Care business.   

Additionally, as part of the divestiture, we entered into a transition services agreement (“TSA”) with OMI under 
which  we  provided  certain  services  to  the  Acute  Care  business  during  a  transition  period  of  approximately  six 
months.    Financial  results  from  the  TSA,  as  well  as  employee  severance  charges  over  the  transition  period,  were 
recorded as part of discontinued operations.  The continuing cash flows generated from the TSA were not material to 
our consolidated financial statements and the TSA was completed as of March 31, 2007.   

In the second quarter of 2007, we also sold a wholly-owned subsidiary, Pharmaceutical Buyers Inc., for net cash 
proceeds of $10 million.  The divestiture resulted in an after-tax gain of $5 million resulting from the tax basis of the 
subsidiary exceeding its carrying value.  Financial results for this business, which were previously included in our 
Distribution Solutions segment, were not material to our consolidated financial statements. 

The results for discontinued operations for 2007 also include an after-tax gain of $6 million associated with the 

collection of a note receivable from a business sold in 2003 and the sale of a small business.   

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets,” 

financial results for these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.   

8.  Earnings Per Share 

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 
shares outstanding during the reporting period.  Diluted earnings per share is computed similar to basic earnings per 
share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue 
common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.   

92

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The computations for basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations are as 

follows:  

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 
Net income 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Options to purchase common stock 
Restricted stock 

Diluted 

Earnings per common share: (1) 

Basic 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 

Total 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations, net 
Discontinued operations – loss on sales, net 

Total 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

823 
- 
- 
823 

275 

3 
1 
279 

2.99 
- 
- 
2.99 

2.95 
- 
- 
2.95 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

989 
1 
- 
990 

291 

5 
2 
298 

3.40 
- 
- 
3.40 

3.32 
- 
- 
3.32 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

968 
(5) 
(50) 
913 

298 

6 
1 
305 

3.25 
(0.02) 
(0.17) 
3.06 

3.17 
(0.02) 
(0.16) 
2.99 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1) Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. 

Approximately  5  million,  8  million  and  11  million  stock  options  were  excluded  from  the  computations  of 
diluted net earnings per share in 2009, 2008 and 2007 as their exercise price was higher than the Company’s average 
stock price. 

9.  Receivables, net 

(In millions) 
Customer accounts 
Other 

Total 
Allowances 

Net 

March 31, 

2009 
6,902 
1,033 
7,935 
(161) 
7,774 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

6,390 
984 
7,374 
(161) 
7,213 

  $ 

  $ 

The allowances are primarily for uncollectible accounts and sales returns.   

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

10.  Property, Plant and Equipment, Net 

(In millions) 
Land 
Building, machinery, equipment and other 
Total property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

March 31, 

2009 

50 
1,673 
1,723 
(927) 
796 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

50 
1,652 
1,702 
(927) 
775 

  $ 

  $ 

11.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net 

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Balance, March 31, 2007 
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Balance, March 31, 2008
Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments 
Goodwill written off related to the sale of a business 
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other 
Balance, March 31, 2009 

Distribution 
Solutions 
1,386 
282 
4 
1,672 
231 
(24) 
(10) 
1,869 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Technology 
Solutions 
1,589 
59 
25 
1,673 
35 
- 
(49) 
1,659 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total 

2,975 
341 
29 
3,345 
266 
(24) 
(59) 
3,528 

Information regarding intangible assets is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Customer lists 
Technology 
Trademarks and other 
Gross intangibles 

Accumulated amortization 
Intangible assets, net 

March 31, 

2009 

824 
187 
70 
1,081 
(420) 
661 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

725 
176 
61 
962 
(301) 
661 

  $ 

  $ 

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $128 million, $107 million and $53 million for 2009, 2008 and 
2007.  The weighted average remaining amortization periods for customer lists, technology, trademarks and other 
intangible assets at March 31, 2009 were: 7 years, 3 years and 7 years.  Estimated annual amortization expense of 
these assets is as follows: $119 million, $111 million, $105 million, $86 million and $74 million for 2010 through 
2014,  and  $166  million  thereafter.    At  March  31,  2008,  there  was  an  immaterial  amount  of  intangible  assets  not 
subject to amortization.  All intangible assets were subject to amortization as of March 31, 2009.   

12.  Long-Term Debt and Other Financing 

(In millions)
9.13% Series C Senior Notes due February, 2010 
7.75% Notes due February, 2012 
5.25% Notes due March, 2013 
6.50% Notes due February, 2014 
5.70% Notes due March, 2017 
7.50% Notes due February, 2019 
7.65% Debentures due March, 2027 
ESOP related debt (see Financial Note 13) 
Other 
Total debt 
Less current portion 
Total long-term debt 

Long-Term Debt 

March 31, 

2009 

215 
399 
499 
350 
499 
349 
175 
1 
22
2,509 
(219) 
2,290 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

215 
399 
498 
- 
499 
- 
175 
4 
7
1,797 
(2) 
1,795 

$ 

$ 

On  February  12,  2009,  we  issued  6.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2014  (the  “2014  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  $350  million  and  7.50%  notes  due  February  15,  2019  (the  “2019  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  $350  million.    Interest  is  payable  on  February  15  and  August  15  of  each  year  beginning  on 
August 15, 2009.  The 2014 Notes will mature on February 15, 2014 and the 2019 Notes will mature on February 
15, 2019.  We utilized net proceeds, after offering expenses, of $693 million from the issuance of the 2014 Notes 
and 2019 Notes for general corporate purposes. 

On  March  5,  2007,  we  issued  5.25%  notes  due  March  1,  2013  (the  “2013  Notes”)  in  an  aggregate  principal 
amount of $500 million and 5.70% notes due March 1, 2017 (the “2017 Notes,” collectively with the 2013 Notes, 
2014 Notes, 2019 Notes, the “Notes” and each note constitutes a “Series”) in an aggregate principal amount of $500 
million  for  which  interest  is payable on  March  1  and  September  1 of  each  year.    The  2013 Notes  will  mature on 
March 1, 2013 and the 2017 Notes will mature on March 1, 2017.  We utilized net proceeds, after offering expenses, 
of  $990  million  from  the  issuance  of  the  2013  Notes  and  2017  Notes,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  to  repay 
outstanding interim indebtedness related to our January 2007 acquisition of Per-Se. 

Each Series constitutes an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Company and ranks equally with all 
of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  indebtedness  outstanding  from  time  to  time.  
Each Series is governed by an indenture common to all Notes and an officers’ certificate specifying certain terms of 
each Series. 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Upon 30 days notice to holders of a Series, we may redeem that Series at any time prior to maturity, in whole or 
in  part,  for  cash  at  redemption  prices  that  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and  a  make-whole  premium,  as 
specified in the indenture and officers’ certificate relating to that Series.  In the event of the occurrence of both (1) a 
change  of  control  of  the  Company  and  (2)  a  downgrade  of  a  Series  below  an  investment  grade  rating  by  each  of 
Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services within a specified period, an 
offer will be made to purchase that Series from the holders at a price in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding 
principal amount of that Series, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase.  The 
indenture and the related officers’ certificate for each Series, subject to the exceptions and in compliance with the 
conditions  as  applicable,  specify  that  we  may  not  incur  liens,  enter  into  sale  and  leaseback  transactions  or 
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.  The indentures also contain customary events and 
default provisions. 

Accounts Receivable Sales Facility 

In  June  2008,  we  renewed  our  accounts  receivable  sales  facility  under  substantially  similar  terms  to  those 
previously in place, except that we increased the committed balance from $700 million to $1.0 billion.  The renewed 
facility expires in June 2009.  We anticipate renewing this facility before its expiration.   

Information regarding our outstanding balances related to our interests in accounts receivable sold or qualifying 

receivables retained is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Receivables sold outstanding (1) 
Receivables retained, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

(1) Deducted from receivables, net in the consolidated balance sheets. 

March 31,  
2009 
-
4,814 

$ 

March 31,  
2008 

$

-
4,251 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our interests in accounts receivable sold: 

(In millions) 
Proceeds from accounts receivable sales 
Fees and charges (1) (2) 

$ 

2009 
5,780 
10 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 
1,075 
2 

  $ 

  $ 

2007 

- 
- 

(1) Recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 
(2) Fee charges related to the sale of receivables to the Conduits for 2007 were not material.

The delinquency ratio for the qualifying receivables represented less than 1% of the total qualifying receivables 

as of March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008.   

Revolving Credit Facility 

We  have  a  $1.3  billion  five-year,  senior  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility  which  expires  in  June  2012.  
Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest based upon either a Prime rate or the London Interbank Offering 
Rate.  Total borrowings under this facility were $279 million for 2009.  There were no borrowings for 2008.  As of 
March 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility.   

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

In January 2007, we entered into a $1.8 billion interim credit facility.  The interim credit facility was a single-
draw  364-day  unsecured  facility  with  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  contained  in  the  Company’s  existing 
revolving credit facility.  We utilized $1.0 billion of this facility to fund a portion of our purchase of Per-Se.   

Commercial Paper 

We issued and repaid approximately $3.3 billion and $260 million in commercial paper during 2009 and 2008.  

There were no commercial paper issuances outstanding at March 31, 2009 and 2008.   

Employee Stock Ownership Program 

The employee stock ownership program (“ESOP”) debt bears interest at an 8.6% fixed rate and is due in semi-

annual installments through June 2010.   

Debt Covenants 

Our various borrowing facilities and certain long-term debt instruments are subject to covenants.  Our principal 
debt covenant is our debt to capital ratio, which cannot exceed 56.5%.  If we exceed this ratio, repayment of debt 
outstanding under the revolving credit facility and $215 million of term debt could be accelerated.  At March 31, 
2009, this ratio was 28.9% and we were in compliance with all other covenants.   

13.  Pension Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  qualified  and  nonqualified  defined  pension  benefit  plans  and  defined  contribution 

plans for eligible employees.   

Defined Pension Benefit Plans 

Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company prior to December 31, 1996 are covered under 
the Company-sponsored defined benefit retirement plan.  In 1997, we amended this plan to freeze all plan benefits 
based on each employee’s plan compensation and creditable service accrued to that date.  The Company has made 
no annual contributions since this plan was frozen.  The benefits for this defined benefit retirement plan are based 
primarily on age of employees at date of retirement, years of service and employees’ pay during the five years prior 
to retirement.  We also have defined benefit pension plans for eligible Canadian and United Kingdom employees as 
well as a nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plan for certain U.S. executives, which is non-funded.  We also 
assumed  a  frozen  qualified  defined  benefit  plan  through our  acquisition  of  Per-Se  in  2007.    The  Per-Se  plan  was 
merged into our retirement plan in 2008.  We adopted the measurement provisions of SFAS No. 158 in the fourth 
quarter of 2009.  As required, our defined benefit plan assets and obligations are now measured as of the Company’s 
fiscal year-end.  We previously performed this measurement at December 31.   

The net periodic expense for our pension plans is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Expected return on assets 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss, prior 
service costs and net transitional obligation 

Settlement charges and other 
Net periodic pension expense 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

6 
33 
(39) 

10 
1 
11 

  $ 

  $ 

7 
31 
(39) 

11 
4 
14 

  $ 

  $ 

7 
27 
(33) 

12 
4 
17 

$ 

$ 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The  projected  unit  credit  method  is  utilized  for  measuring  net  periodic  pension  expense  over  the  employees’ 
service life for the U.S. pension plans.  Unrecognized actuarial losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected 
benefit  obligation  and  the  market  value  of  assets  are  amortized  straight-line  over  the  average  remaining  future 
service periods.   

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension plans is as follows:  

(In millions)
Change in benefit obligations
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
SFAS No. 158 measurement date adjustment 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gains 
Benefit payments 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Benefit obligation at end of period 

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period 
SFAS No. 158 measurement date adjustment 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer and participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange impact and other 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period 

Funded status at end of period (1)

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet
Noncurrent assets 
Current liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 

Total 

15 Month 
Period Ending 
March  
31, 2009 

12 Month 
Period Ending 
December  
31, 2007 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

543 
(3) 
6 
33 
(65) 
(32) 
(26) 
456 

501 
(9) 
(138) 
15 
(32) 
(28) 
309 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(147) 

  $ 

552 
- 
7 
31 
(8) 
(47) 
8 
543 

484 
- 
29 
33 
(47) 
2 
501 

(39) 

5 
(10) 
(142) 
(147) 

  $ 

  $ 

78 
(9) 
(108) 
(39) 

(1)

Includes $3 million of employer contributions subsequent to our December 31, 2007 measurement date for 2008. 

The unfavorable change in the funded status of our plans from March 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009 was primarily 

due to the decrease in the fair value of our plan assets as a result of the volatility in the financial markets.   

The  accumulated  benefit  obligations  for  our  pension  plans  were  $441  million  at  March  31,  2009  and  $522 
million at March 31, 2008.  The components of the amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
at March 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows: net actuarial loss, $215 million and $111 million; net prior service cost, 
$8 million and $10 million; and net transitional obligations, $1 million and $2 million.   

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We  estimate  that  we  will  amortize  $2  million  of  prior  service  cost  and  $22  million  of  actuarial  loss  for  the 
pension plans from shareholders’ equity to pension expense in 2010.  Comparable 2009 amounts were $2 million 
and $8 million.   

Projected benefit obligations relating to our unfunded U.S. plans were $110 million and $112 million at March 

31, 2009 and 2008.  Pension costs are funded based on the recommendations of independent actuaries.   

Expected  benefit  payments  for  our  pension  plans  are  as  follows:  $38  million,  $35  million,  $38  million,  $31 
million and $31 million for 2010 to 2014, and $262 million for 2015 through 2019.  Expected benefit payments are 
based  on  the  same  assumptions  used  to  measure  the  benefit  obligations  and  include  estimated  future  employee 
service.  Expected contributions to be made for our pension plans are $17 million for 2010.   

Should the financial markets continue to deteriorate, the decline in fair value of the plan assets may  result in 
increased total pension costs in the future and may also result in additional future cash contributions in accordance 
with  the  U.S.  Pension  Protection  Act  of  2006  or  other  international  retirement  plan  funding  requirements.    We 
currently do not expect additional cash contributions to be material.   

Weighted  average  asset  allocations  of  the  investment  portfolio  for  our  pension  plans  at  March  31  and  target 

allocations are as follows:   

Assets Category
Equity securities 
Fixed income 
Other 

Total 

Target 
Allocation 

59% 
33% 
8% 
100% 

Percentage of Fair Value of Total 
Plan Assets 

2009 

2008 

52% 
36% 
12% 
100% 

56% 
35% 
9% 
100% 

We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on the historical experience of our portfolio 
and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices.  Our 
target asset allocation was determined based on the risk tolerance characteristics of the plan and, at times, may be 
adjusted to achieve our overall investment objective.  

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the net periodic pension expense and the actuarial present value 

of benefit obligations were as follows: 

Net periodic pension expense 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
Benefit obligation 
Discount rates 
Rate of increase in compensation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 

2009 

2008 

2007 

5.34% 
3.93 
7.75 

7.74% 
3.93 
7.90 

5.33% 
3.85 
7.53 

6.18% 
4.01 
8.04 

5.35% 
3.83 
7.47 

5.70% 
3.97 
8.09 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

McKesson’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans use a discount rate based on a yield curve approach.  We use a 
portfolio of high quality corporate bonds rated AA or better whose maturity is timed with the expected payments of 
our plans.  For March 31, 2009, we used a discount rate of 7.95% which represents an increase of 162 basis points 
from our 2008 discount rate of 6.33%.   

Sensitivity to changes in the weighted-average discount rate for our U. S. pension plans is as follows:

(In millions) 

Other Defined Benefit Plans 

Percentage 
Point Change 
+/- 1.0 pt 

Projected 
Benefit
Obligation 
(27)/31 

Expense 
(2)/2 

Under  various  U.S.  bargaining  unit  labor  contracts,  we  make  payments  into  multi-employer  pension  plans 
established  for  union  employees.    We  are  liable  for  a  proportionate  part  of  the  plans’  unfunded  vested  benefit 
liabilities upon our withdrawal from the plan, however information regarding the relative position of each employer 
with  respect  to  the  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated  benefits  and  net  assets  available  for  benefits  is  not 
available.  Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material for the years ended March 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007.   

Defined Contribution Plans 

We have a contributory profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees not covered by collective 
bargaining  arrangements.    Eligible  employees  may  contribute  to  the  PSIP  up  to  20%  of  their  monthly  eligible 
compensation for pre-tax contributions and up to 67% of compensation for catch-up contributions not to exceed IRS 
limits.  The Company makes matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the employee’s first 3% of pay 
contributed  and  50%  for  the  next  2%  of  pay  contributed.    The  Company  also  may  make  an  additional  annual 
matching contribution for each plan year to enable participants to receive a full match based on their annual limit, 
effective 2008.  Prior to 2009, the Company provided for the PSIP contributions primarily with its common shares 
through its leveraged ESOP.   

The ESOP has purchased an aggregate of 24 million shares of the Company’s common stock since its inception.  
These purchases were financed by 10 to 20 year loans from or guaranteed by us.  At March 31, 2009, the ESOP’s 
outstanding borrowing is reported as short-term debt of the Company and the related receivables from the ESOP are 
shown  as  a  reduction  of  stockholders’  equity.    The  loans  are  repaid  by  the  ESOP  from  interest  earnings  on  cash 
balances and common dividends on unallocated shares and Company cash contributions.  The ESOP loan maturities 
and rates are identical to the terms of related Company borrowings.  Stock is made available from the ESOP based 
on debt service payments on ESOP borrowings.  ESOP expense and other contribution expense, including interest 
expense on ESOP debt, was $53 million, $13 million and $13 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  ESOP expense for 
2008 and 2007 was significantly lower than 2009 due to the utilization of lower cost basis shares in the ESOP to 
fund the Company’s matching contributions.  Approximately 1 million shares of common stock were allocated to 
plan participants in 2008 and 2007.  In 2009, the Company made contributions primarily in cash or with the issuance 
of treasury shares.  At March 31, 2009, substantially all of the 24 million common shares had been allocated to plan 
participants.  As a result, we will need to fund most of our future PSIP contributions with cash or treasury shares.   

As  previously  reported  on  the  PSIP’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  11-K  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  the 
PSIP is a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action (refer to Financial Note 18, 
“Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K).  On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement 
funds.  At this time, we do not know the date on which the distribution of settlement funds to the PSIP will occur. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

14.  Postretirement Benefits 

We  maintain  a  number  of  postretirement  benefits,  primarily  consisting  of  healthcare  and  life  insurance 
(“welfare”)  benefits,  for  certain  eligible  U.S.  employees.    Eligible  employees  consist  of  those  who  retired  before 
March  31,  1999  and  those  who  retired  after  March  31,  1999,  but  were  an  active  employee  as  of  that  date,  after 
meeting other age-related criteria.  We also provide postretirement benefits for certain U.S. executives.  We adopted 
the measurement provisions of SFAS No. 158 in the fourth quarter of 2009.  As required, our defined benefit plan 
obligations are now measured as of the Company’s fiscal year-end.  We previously performed this measurement at 
December 31.   

The net periodic expense for our postretirement welfare benefits is as follows: 

(In millions) 
Service cost—benefits earned during the year 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss (gain) and 

prior service costs 

Net periodic postretirement expense 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

$ 

1 
10 

(14) 
(3) 

  $ 

  $ 

2 
10 

4 
16 

  $ 

  $ 

2 
11 

16 
29 

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations for our postretirement welfare plans is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Change in benefit obligations 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period 
SFAS No. 158 measurement date adjustment 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan amendments and other 
Actuarial gain 
Benefit payments 
Benefit obligation at end of period 

15 Month 
Period Ending 
March  
31, 2009 

12 Month 
Period Ending 
December  
31, 2007 

  $ 

  $ 

157 
3 
1 
10 
6 
(30) 
(14) 
133 

  $ 

  $ 

183 
- 
2 
10 
5 
(27) 
(16) 
157 

We  estimate  that  we  will  amortize  $24  million  of  actuarial  gain  for  the  other  postretirement  plans  from 
shareholders’  equity  to  other  postretirement  expense  in  2010.    The  comparable  2009  amount  was  $13  million  of 
actuarial gain.  The increase in this benefit is primarily due to favorable healthcare cost trends.   

Other postretirement benefits are funded as claims are paid.  Expected benefit payments for our postretirement 
welfare benefit plans, net of expected Medicare subsidy receipts of $16 million, are as follows: $15 million annually 
for 2010 to 2014, and $67 million cumulatively for 2015 through 2019.  Expected benefit payments are based on the 
same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligations and include estimated future employee service.  Expected 
contributions to be made for our postretirement welfare benefit plans are $15 million for 2010.   

Weighted-average discount rates used to estimate postretirement welfare benefit expenses were 6.19%, 5.78% 
and  5.55%  for  2009,  2008  and  2007.    Weighted-average  discount  rates  for  the  actuarial  present  value  of  benefit 
obligations were 7.86%, 6.19% and 5.78% for 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Actuarial  gain  or  loss  for  the  postretirement  welfare  benefit  plan  is  amortized  to  income  over  a  three-year 
period.    The  assumed  healthcare  cost  trends  used  in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation 
were 9% and 10% for prescription drugs, 7% and 9% for medical and 6% and 7% for dental in 2009 and 2008.  The 
healthcare cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported.  For 2009, 2008 and 2007, a 
one-percentage-point  increase  or  a one-percentage-point decrease  in  the assumed  healthcare  cost  trend  rate would 
impact total service and interest cost components by approximately $1 million to $2 million and the postretirement 
benefit obligation by approximately $12 million to $15 million. 

15.  Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities 

At  March 31, 2009  and  2008,  the  carrying  amounts of  cash  and  cash  equivalents, restricted  cash,  marketable 
securities,  receivables,  drafts  and  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  approximated  their  estimated  fair 
values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.  The carrying amounts and estimated fair values 
of  our  long-term  debt  were  $2,509  million  and  $2,545  million  at  March  31,  2009  and  $1,797  million  and  $1,861 
million at March 31, 2008.  The estimated fair value of our long-term debt was determined based on quoted market 
prices and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in the 
future.   

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations.  We 
limit these risks through the use of derivatives such as interest rate swaps and forward contracts.  In accordance with 
our  policy,  derivatives  are  only  used  for  hedging  purposes.    We  do  not  use  derivatives  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes.   The  volume  of  activity  related  to  derivative financial  instruments was not material  for 2009,  2008  and 
2007.   

16.  Lease Obligations 

We lease facilities and equipment primarily under operating leases.  At March 31, 2009, future minimum lease 
payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one 
year for years ending March 31 are: 

(In millions) 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 

Noncancelable 
Operating
Leases

  $ 

  $ 

105 
90 
72 
48 
33 
79 
427 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  $146  million,  $149  million  and  $117  million  in  2009,  2008  and 
2007.    We  recognize  rent  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  taking  into  account,  when 
applicable, lessor incentives for tenant improvements, periods where no rent payment is required and escalations in 
rent payments over the term of the lease.  Deferred rent is recognized for the difference between the rent expense 
recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  and  the  payments  made  per  the  terms  of  the  lease.    Most  real  property  leases 
contain renewal options and provisions requiring us to pay property taxes and operating expenses in excess of base 
period amounts.  Sublease rental income was not material for any period presented.   

17.  Financial Guarantees and Warranties 

Financial Guarantees 

We have agreements with certain of our customers’ financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the 
repurchase of inventory (primarily for our Canadian business) at a discount in the event these customers are unable 
to meet certain obligations to those financial institutions.  Among other requirements, these inventories must be in 
resalable  condition.    The  inventory  repurchase  agreements  mostly  range  from  one  to  two  years.    Customer 
guarantees range from one to five years and were primarily provided to facilitate financing for certain customers.  
The  majority  of  our  other  customer  guarantees  are  secured  by  certain  assets  of  the  customer.    We  also  have  an 
agreement  with  one  software  customer  that,  under  limited  circumstances,  may  require  us  to  secure  standby 
financing.    Because  the  amount  of  the  standby  financing  is  not  explicitly  stated,  the  overall  amount  of  these 
guarantees  cannot  reasonably  be  estimated.    At  March  31,  2009,  the  maximum  amounts  of  inventory  repurchase 
guarantees and other customer guarantees were $102 million and $10 million, none of which had been accrued. 

At March 31, 2009, we had commitments of $2 million of cash contributions to our equity-held investments, for 

which no amounts had been accrued.   

The  expirations  of  the  above  noted  financial  guarantees  and  commitments  are  as  follows:  $51  million,  $23 

million, $1 million, $1 million and nil from 2010 through 2014 and $38 million thereafter. 

In addition, our banks and insurance companies have issued $115 million of standby letters of credit and surety 
bonds on our behalf mostly in order to meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and 
fiduciary obligations and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs.   

Our  software  license  agreements  generally  include  certain  provisions  for  indemnifying  customers  against 
liabilities if our software products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights.  To date, we have not incurred 
any material costs as a result of such indemnification agreements and have not accrued any liabilities related to such 
obligations.  

In  conjunction  with  certain  transactions,  primarily  divestitures,  we  may  provide  routine  indemnification 
agreements (such as retention of previously existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities) whose terms vary 
in  duration  and  often  are  not  explicitly  defined.    Where  appropriate,  obligations  for  such  indemnifications  are 
recorded as liabilities.  Because the amounts of these indemnification obligations often are not explicitly stated, the 
overall maximum amount of these commitments cannot be reasonably estimated.  Other than obligations recorded as 
liabilities  at  the  time  of  divestiture,  we  have  historically  not  made  significant  payments  as  a  result  of  these 
indemnification provisions.  

103 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Warranties 

In the normal course of business, we provide certain warranties and indemnification protection for our products 
and  services.    For  example,  we  provide  warranties  that  the  pharmaceutical  and  medical-surgical  products  we 
distribute are in compliance with the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other applicable laws and regulations.  We 
have received the same warranties from our suppliers, which customarily are the manufacturers of the products.  In 
addition, we have indemnity obligations to our customers for these products, which have also been provided to us 
from our suppliers, either through express agreement or by operation of law.   

We  also  provide  warranties  regarding  the  performance  of  software  and  automation  products  we  sell.    Our 
liability under these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed upon specifications.  
For software products, this may result in additional project costs, which are reflected in our estimates used for the 
percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  for  software  installation  services  within  these  contracts.    In 
addition,  most  of  our  customers  who  purchase  our  software  and  automation  products  also  purchase  annual 
maintenance agreements.  Revenue from these maintenance agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the  contract  period  and  the  cost  of  servicing  product  warranties  is  charged  to  expense  when  claims  become 
estimable.  Accrued warranty costs were not material to the consolidated balance sheets. 

18.  Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, 
other pending and potential legal actions for damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations 
and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business.  In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting 
for Contingencies,” we record a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a 
liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  We believe we have adequate 
provisions  for  any  such  matters.    Management  reviews  these  provisions  at  least  quarterly  and  adjusts  these 
provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information 
and  events  pertaining  to  a  particular  case.    Because  litigation  outcomes  are  inherently  unpredictable,  these 
assessments often involve a series of complex assessments by management about future events and can rely heavily 
on estimates and assumptions.   

We are party to the significant legal proceedings described below.  Based on our experience, we believe that 
any damage amounts claimed in the specific matters discussed below are not meaningful indicators of our potential 
liability.    We  believe  that  we  have  valid  defenses  to  these  legal  proceedings  and  are  defending  the  matters 
vigorously.  Nevertheless, the outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain.  We are currently unable to estimate 
the  remaining  possible  losses  in  the  unresolved  legal  proceedings  described  below.    Should  any  one  of  these 
proceedings against us, or a combination of more than one, be successful or should we determine to settle any or a 
combination of these matters on unfavorable terms, we may be required to pay substantial sums, become subject to 
the entry of an injunction or be forced to change the manner in which we operate our business, which could have a 
material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations.   

I. Accounting Litigation 

Following the announcements by McKesson in April, May and July of 1999 that McKesson had determined that 
certain software sales transactions in its Information Solutions segment, formerly HBO & Company (“HBOC”) and 
now known as McKesson Information Solutions LLC, were improperly recorded as revenue and reversed, numerous 
lawsuits  were  filed  against  McKesson,  HBOC,  certain  of  McKesson’s  or  HBOC’s  current  or  former  officers  or 
directors,  and other  defendants.    Although almost  all  of  these  cases (collectively  “the  Securities  Litigation”) have 
now  been  resolved,  certain  matters  remain  pending  as  more  fully  described  below.    On  January  12,  2005,  we 
announced  that  we  reached  an  agreement  to  settle  the  previously-reported  action  in  the  Northern  District  of 
California captioned: In re McKesson HBOC, Inc. Securities Litigation, (No. C-99-20743 RMW) (the “Consolidated 
Securities Litigation Action”).   

104 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The two remaining matters are Holcombe T. Green and HTG Corp. v. McKesson Corporation, et al. (Georgia 
State  Court,  Fulton  County,  Case  No.  06-VS-096767-D)  and  Hall  Family  Investments,  L.P.  v.  McKesson 
Corporation,  et  al.  (Georgia  State  Court,  Fulton  County,  Case  No.  06-VS-096763-F).    Plaintiffs  allege  fraud  and 
deceit;  additionally,  plaintiff  Green  seeks  indemnification  in  connection  with  a  class  action  lawsuit,  now  settled, 
which  was  filed  on  behalf  of  participants  in  the  McKesson  Corporation  Profit  Sharing  Investment  Plan  against 
McKesson  Corporation  and  Green,  among  others,  and  for  other  unspecified  losses.    Plaintiffs  seek  actual  and 
punitive  damages,  attorneys’  fees  and  costs  of  suit  in  amounts  unspecified  in  the  complaint.    The  Company  and 
HBOC have answered the complaints in each of these actions, generally denying the allegations and any liability to 
plaintiffs.    In  April  2007,  we  filed  motions  to  disqualify  the  Green  and  Hall  Family  Investments,  L.P.  damages 
experts,  who  had  opined  that  plaintiffs  incurred  approximately  $150  million  in  actual  damages,  and  for  summary 
judgment.  On December 13, 2007, the trial judge denied those motions.  On January 3, 2008, following certification 
by the trial court of an appeal from her rulings on the disqualification and summary judgment motions, we applied to 
the  Georgia  Court  of  Appeals,  seeking  acceptance  of  an  interlocutory  appeal  from  the  trial  court  rulings  and  on 
January 29, 2008, the Court of Appeals granted that application.  Our appeal has been fully briefed and was argued 
to a three judge panel of the Court of Appeals on February 12, 2009, but no decision has yet been rendered.   

II. Average Wholesale Price Litigation 

The following matters involve a drug reimbursement benchmark referred to as the AWP utilized by some public 
and private payors to calculate at least some portion of the amount a pharmacy will be reimbursed for dispensing a 
covered branded drug.   

Private Payor RICO and Antitrust Actions 

On  June  2,  2005,  a  civil  class  action  complaint  was  filed  against  the  Company  in  the  United  States  District 
Court, District of Massachusetts, New England Carpenters Health Benefits Fund, et al. v. First DataBank, Inc. and 
McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:05-CV-11148-PBS) (the “Private Payor RICO Action”).  Plaintiffs are 
four health benefit plans.  The complaint alleges that in late 2001 and early 2002 the Company and co-defendant 
First  DataBank,  Inc.  (“FDB”)  conspired  to  improperly  raise  the  published  AWP  of  certain  prescription  drugs  and 
that this alleged conduct resulted in higher drug reimbursement payments by plaintiffs and others similarly situated.  
Plaintiffs  purport  to  represent  a  class  of  third  party  payors  and  consumers  who  paid  any  portion  of  the  price  of 
certain prescription drugs to the extent their portion was based upon the AWPs published by FDB during the period 
January 1, 2002 to March 15, 2005. 

The  complaint  purports  to  state  claims  against  the  Company  based  on  the  federal  Racketeer  Influenced  and 
Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO,”) 18 U.S.C. § 1962(c); California’s Business and Professions Code §§ 17200 
and 17500 and common law civil conspiracy.  The complaint also alleges two additional claims against defendant 
FDB  only  for  violation  of  California’s  Consumers  Legal  Remedies  Act,  California  Civil  Code  §  1750  and  for 
common  law  negligent  misrepresentation.    Plaintiffs  seek  injunctive  relief,  as  well  as  compensatory  and  treble 
damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. 

On July 21, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Complaint (“FAC,”) asserting essentially the same claims 
against the Company and adding an additional named plaintiff.  The FAC also included an alternative count under 
the consumer protection statutes of numerous states if the court determined that California law was not applicable to 
the  entire  class.    The  FAC  modified  the  definition  of  the  alleged  class  to  include  third  party  payors  (but  not 
consumers) whose pharmaceutical payments for certain prescription drugs were based upon AWP (not limited to the 
AWP published by FDB) during the time period August 1, 2001 to March 15, 2005.   

105 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On  November  30,  2006,  plaintiffs  filed  a  Second  Amended  Complaint  (“SAC”)  which  added  a  class  of 
consumers that made percentage co-payments in addition to the third party payor class (“consumer co-pay class”).  
In addition, the SAC added a claim under California Civil Code § 3345 for treble damages for unfair practices.  On 
November  6,  2007,  plaintiffs  filed  a  Third  Amended  Complaint  (“TAC”)  largely  repeating  the  allegations  of  the 
SAC  and  adding  a  new  class  of  uninsured  consumers  who  paid  usual  and  customary  (“U&C”)  prices  for  the 
prescription  drugs  at  issue  in  the  case (“U&C  class”).    The  TAC  asserts  the  same  claims  asserted  in  the  SAC  on 
behalf  of  the  third  party  payor  class,  the  consumer  co-pay  class  and  the  U&C  class,  with  the  exception  that  the 
claims of the U&C class are alleged to run through the present.   

On March 19, 2008, the district court denied McKesson’s motion to dismiss and for judgment on the pleadings 
with respect to the RICO claims asserted in the TAC.  On May 1, 2008, McKesson answered the TAC, denying the 
core factual allegations and asserting numerous affirmative defenses.   

Also on March 19, 2008, the district court entered an order certifying the consumer co-pay class for all purposes 
for the period August 1, 2001 to May 15, 2005, certifying the third party payor class for liability and equitable relief 
for the period from August 1, 2001 to May 15, 2005 and certifying the third party payor class for damages for the 
period  August  1,  2001  to  December  31,  2003.    This  order  supplanted  an  earlier  order  of  the  court  which  denied, 
without prejudice, plaintiffs’ motion to certify a damages class for the third party payor class.   

On  April  2,  2008,  McKesson  petitioned  the  First  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  to  allow  immediate  appeal  of  the 
district court’s March 19 class certification order.  On May 16, 2008, the First Circuit denied the petition for leave to 
appeal.

On  December  10,  2007,  the  same  plaintiffs  named  in  the  TAC  in  the  Private  Payor  RICO  Action  filed  a 
separate civil class action complaint under federal and state antitrust laws against the Company in the United States 
District  Court,  District  of  Massachusetts,  New  England  Carpenters  Health  Benefits  Fund,  et  al.  v.  McKesson 
Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-12277-PBS) (the “Antitrust Action”).  The Antitrust Action purports to be 
brought on behalf of the same classes and is based on the same set of operative facts as the Private Payor RICO 
Action.

The complaint purports to state claims against the Company for violation of the Sherman Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1, 
California Business & Professions Code § 16700 et seq., and antitrust laws for indirect purchasers for the States of 
Arizona,  Hawaii,  Iowa, Kansas,  Maine,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Mississippi,  Nebraska,  Nevada, New  Mexico,  New 
York,  North  Carolina,  North  Dakota,  South  Dakota,  Tennessee,  Vermont,  West  Virginia  and  Wisconsin  and  the 
District  of  Columbia.    The  complaint  seeks  declaratory  relief,  as  well  as  compensatory  and  treble  damages, 
attorneys’ fees and costs.   

McKesson moved to dismiss the complaint in the Antitrust Action on January 31, 2008.  On August 26, 2008, 
the court granted McKesson’s motion to dismiss the complaint, without leave to amend, and terminated the action.  
No appeal was filed.   

On November 21, 2008, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement with plaintiffs to pay $350 
million in settlement of all claims on behalf of the three private payor classes alleged in the Private Payor RICO 
Action relating to FDB’s published AWPs, along with the claims brought by these same private payors alleged in the 
Antitrust  Action.    The  Company  also  announced  on  November  21  that  it  recorded  a  reserve  of  $143  million  for 
pending and expected claims by public payor entities relating to FDB’s published AWPs.  As a result, in the third 
quarter  of  2009,  we  recorded  a  $493  million  pre-tax  charge.    The  private  payor  settlement  provides  that  the 
Company will pay $350 million into a settlement escrow in installments following preliminary and final approvals 
of  the  settlement,  which  escrow  account  shall  be  used  for  settlement  administration  costs,  including  notice, 
attorneys’  fees  as  approved  by  the  court  and  distribution  to  class  members  in  a  manner  determined  by  plaintiffs 
subject to court approval.  To date, approximately $55 million has been paid by the Company into the settlement 
escrow and the balance of the $350 million will be due and owing 45 days following final approval of the settlement 
by the trial court.  Accordingly, $350 million is recorded in current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet at 
March 31, 2009.  The settlement also provides that the certified settlement classes will release all claims against the 
Company relating to FDB’s published AWPs, whenever such claims were incurred.  On March 5, 2009, the court 
gave preliminary approval to the amended settlement and scheduled a fairness hearing for July 23, 2009, at which 
time final approval will be considered.   

106 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

The Public Payor AWP Cases 

Commencing in May of 2008, a series of complaints alleging claims nearly identical to the Private Payor RICO 
and Antitrust Actions were filed by various public payors – governmental entities who paid any portion of the price 
of  certain  prescription  drugs.    These  actions  were  all  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of 
Massachusetts and were ultimately consolidated under the caption “In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average 
Wholesale Price Litigation.”  The public payor actions are assigned to the same court assigned to the related claims 
of private payors.  A description of these actions is as follows: 

The San Francisco Action 

On May 20, 2008, an action was filed by the San Francisco Health Plan on behalf of itself and a purported class 
of political subdivisions in the State of California and by the San Francisco City Attorney on behalf of the “People 
of the State of California” in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company 
as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the California Cartwright Act, California’s false claims act, 
California  Business  and  Professions  Code  §§  17200  and  17500  and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  civil 
penalties, restitution, interest and attorneys’ fees, all in unspecified amounts, San Francisco Health Plan, et al. v. 
McKesson  Corporation,  (Civil  Action  No.  1:08-CV-10843-PBS)  (“San  Francisco  Action”).    On  July  3,  2008,  an 
amended complaint was filed in the San Francisco Action adding a claim for tortious interference.  On January 13, 
2009,  a  second  amended  complaint  was  filed  in  the  San  Francisco  Action  that  abandoned  all  previously  alleged 
antitrust claims.   

The Connecticut Action 

On May 28, 2008, an action was filed by the State of Connecticut in the  United States District Court for the 
District of Massachusetts against the Company, again as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the 
Sherman  Act  and  the  Connecticut  Unfair  Trade  Practices  Act  and  seeking  damages,  treble  damages,  restitution, 
interest and attorneys’ fees, all in unspecified amounts, State of Connecticut v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action 
No.  1:08-CV-10900-PBS)  (“Connecticut  Action”).    On  January  13,  2009,  an  amended  complaint  was  filed  in  the 
Connecticut Action abandoning all previously alleged antitrust claims.   

The Douglas County, Kansas Nationwide Class Action 

On August 7, 2008, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by 
the Board of County Commissioners of Douglas County, Kansas on behalf of itself and a purported national class of 
state, local and territorial governmental entities against the Company and FDB alleging violations of civil RICO and 
federal antitrust laws and seeking damages and treble damages, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys’ fees 
and  costs  of  suit,  all  in  unspecified  amounts,  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  Douglas  County,  Kansas  v. 
McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-11349-PBS) (“Douglas County, Kansas Action”).   

Separate  class  actions  based  on  essentially  the  same  factual  allegations  were  subsequently  filed  against  the 
Company and FDB in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by the City of Panama City, 
Florida on August 18, 2008 (“Florida Action”), the State of Oklahoma on October 15, 2008 (“Oklahoma Action”), 
the County of Anoka, Minnesota on November 3, 2008 (“Minnesota Action”), Baltimore, Maryland on November 7, 
2008  (“Maryland  Action”),  Columbia,  South  Carolina  on  December  12,  2008  (“South  Carolina  Action”)  and 
Goldsboro,  North  Carolina  on  December  15, 2008  (“North  Carolina  Action”)  in  each case  on behalf  of  the filing 
entity and a class of state and local governmental entities within the same state, alleging violations of civil RICO, 
federal  and  state  antitrust  laws  and  various  state  consumer  protection  and  deceptive  and  unfair  trade  practices 
statutes,  and  seeking  damages  and  treble  damages,  civil  penalties,  as  well  as  injunctive  relief,  interest,  attorneys’ 
fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts.   

107 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On December 24, 2008, an amended and consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Douglas County, 
Kansas  Action.    The  amended  complaint  added  the  named  plaintiffs  from  the  Florida, Oklahoma, Minnesota,
Maryland, South Carolina and North Carolina Actions and abandoned the previously alleged antitrust claims.  On 
January 9, 2009, the  Florida, Oklahoma, Minnesota, Maryland, South Carolina and North Carolina Actions were 
voluntarily  dismissed  without  prejudice.    On  March  3,  2009,  a  second  amended  and  consolidated  class  action 
complaint  was  filed  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action,  adding  the  state  of  Montana  as  a  plaintiff,  adding 
Montana state law claims and adding a claim for tortious interference. 

On  February  10,  2009,  plaintiffs  in  the  Douglas  County,  Kansas  Action  filed  a  notice  of  dismissal  without 
prejudice of defendant FDB.  On April 2, 2009, the Company filed Answers to each of the pending complaints in the 
San Francisco Action, the Connecticut Action and the County of Douglas, Kansas Action denying the core factual 
allegations and asserting numerous affirmative defenses.  On April 9, 2009, the Company filed a demand for a jury 
in each of these actions.   

On March 11, 2009, the court set a discovery cut-off in all of the consolidated actions of October 30, 2009, a 
class certification hearing in the Douglas County, Kansas and San Francisco Actions of February 10, 2010 and trial 
in the Connecticut Action for July 19, 2010.  No trial date is set in the San Francisco and Douglas County, Kansas 
Actions.  The parties are currently engaged in discovery.   

The New Jersey United States’ Attorney’s Office AWP Investigation 

In June of 2007, the Company was informed that a qui tam action by an unknown relator was previously filed in 
the  United  States  District  Court  in  the  District  of  New  Jersey,  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  twelve 
states (California, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Mexico, Tennessee, 
Texas and Virginia) and the District of Columbia against the Company and seven other defendants.  The Company 
has not been provided with the original complaint, which was filed in 2005, and does not know the identity of the 
original  parties  to  the  action.    The  Company  was  advised  that  the  United  States  and  the  various  states  are 
considering whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done so to date.  The suit thus remains under seal and has 
not been served on the Company.  

In January 2009, the Company was provided with a courtesy copy of a third amended complaint filed in the qui 
tam  action.    This  complaint  has  also  not  been  served  on  the  Company.    The  third  amended  complaint  alleges 
multiple  claims  against  the  Company  under  the  federal  False  Claims  Act  and  the  various  states’  and  District  of 
Columbia’s  false  claims  statutes.    These  and  additional  claims  are  also  alleged  against  other  parties.    The  claims 
arise out of alleged manipulation of AWP by defendants which plaintiffs claim caused them to pay more than they 
should  have  in  reimbursement  for  prescription  drugs  covered  by  various  government  programs  that  base 
reimbursement  payments  on  AWP.    The  complaint  is  brought  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  the  twelve  states 
named above, ten additional states (Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, 
Oklahoma, Rhode Island and Wisconsin) and the District of Columbia and seeks damages including treble damages 
and civil penalties (which the relator claims would be several billion dollars) as provided under the various False 
Claims Act statutes, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs.   

108 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

III. Product Liability Litigation  

The Company is a defendant in approximately 571 cases alleging that the plaintiffs were injured by Vioxx, an 
anti-inflammatory drug manufactured by Merck & Company (“Merck”).  The cases typically assert causes of action 
for strict liability, negligence, breach of warranty and false advertising for improper design, testing, manufacturing 
and warnings relating to the manufacture and distribution of Vioxx.  None of the cases involving the Company is 
scheduled for trial.  The Company has tendered each of these cases to Merck and has reached an agreement with 
Merck to defend and indemnify the Company.   

We,  through  our  former  McKesson  Chemical  Company  division,  are  named  in  approximately  475  cases 
involving  the  alleged  distribution  of  asbestos.    These  cases  typically  involve  either  single  or  multiple  plaintiffs 
claiming personal injuries and unspecified compensatory and punitive damages as a result of exposure to asbestos-
containing materials.  Pursuant to an indemnification agreement signed at the time of the 1987 sale of McKesson 
Chemical Company to what is now called Univar USA Inc. (“Univar,”) we have tendered each of these actions to 
Univar.  Univar has raised questions concerning the extent of its obligations under the indemnification agreement.  
Univar continues to defend the Company in some of these cases, but since February 2005 has been rejecting tenders 
and accordingly, the Company is incurring defense costs in connection with the more recently served actions.  The 
Company believes that Univar remains obligated under the terms of the indemnification agreement.  The Company 
has filed an arbitration demand against Univar pursuant to the indemnification agreement seeking a determination 
that the liability for these cases is Univar’s responsibility.  An arbitration date of August 31, 2009 has been agreed 
upon for commencement of the arbitration of this dispute.  In addition to its indemnification rights against Univar, 
the Company believes that portions of these claims are covered by insurance and is pursuing that coverage.   

IV. Other Litigation and Claims  

On May 3, 2004, judgment was entered against us and one of our employees in the action captioned Roby v. 
McKesson HBOC, Inc. et al., (Superior Court for Yolo County, California, Case No. CV01-573).  Former employee 
Charlene  Roby  (“Roby”)  brought  claims  for  wrongful  termination,  disability  discrimination  and  disability-based 
harassment against McKesson and a claim for disability-based harassment against her former supervisor.  The jury 
awarded  Roby  compensatory  damages  against  McKesson  and  against  her  supervisor  in  the  total  amount  of  $4 
million  and  punitive  damages  in  the  amount  of  $15  million  against  McKesson.    Following  post-trial  motions,  the 
trial  court  reduced  the  amount  of  compensatory  damages  against  McKesson  to  $3  million,  the  punitive  damages 
awarded against both defendants and the compensatory damages awarded against the individual employee defendant 
were  not  reduced.    We  filed  a  Notice  of  Appeal,  seeking  reduction  or  reversal  of  the  compensatory  and  punitive 
damage  awards  and  the  award  of  attorneys’  fees.    On  December  26,  2006,  the  Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Third 
Appellate District of California issued its decision reversing the verdict for harassment against Roby’s supervisor, 
reducing  the  compensatory  damages  against  McKesson  from  $3  million  to  $1  million  and  reducing  punitive 
damages from $15 million to $2 million.  Following the rejection of Roby’s petition for rehearing before the Court 
of Appeals, plaintiff petitioned for review by the California Supreme Court, which was granted on April 18, 2007.  
The briefing for the appeal has been completed and the parties await the court’s order scheduling the appeal for oral 
argument.   

On July 14, 2006, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York 
against  McKesson,  two  McKesson  employees,  several  other  drug  wholesalers  and  numerous  drug  manufacturers, 
RxUSA  v.  Alcon  Laboratories  et  al.,  (Case  No.  06-CV-3447-DRH).    Plaintiff  alleges  that  we,  along  with  various 
other defendants, unlawfully engaged in monopolization and attempted monopolization of the sale and distribution 
of  pharmaceutical  products  in  violation  of  the  federal  antitrust  laws,  as  well  as  in  violation  of  New  York  State’s 
Donnelly Act.  We are also alleged to have violated the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and our employees are alleged 
to have violated the Donnelly Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Sections 1962 (c) and (d) of the civil RICO statute.  
Plaintiff alleges generally that defendants have individually, and in concert with one another, taken actions to create 
and  maintain  a  monopoly  and  to  exclude  secondary  wholesalers,  such  as  the  plaintiff,  from  the  wholesale 
pharmaceutical  industry.    The  complaint  seeks  monetary  damages  of  approximately  $1.6  billion  and  also  seeks 
treble damages, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief.  All defendants have filed motions to dismiss all claims.  The 
motions were fully briefed and submitted to the trial court on March 13, 2007.  The court has not yet decided any of 
the  motions  and  has  not  set  a  date  to  hear  oral  argument  on  the  motions.    Discovery  has  been  stayed  subject  to 
disposition of the motions to dismiss.  No trial date has been set.  

109 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

On October 3, 2008, the United States filed a complaint in intervention in the United States District Court for 
the  Northern  District  of  Mississippi,  naming  as  defendants,  among  others,  the  Company  and  its  former  indirect 
subsidiary, McKesson Medical-Surgical MediNet Inc., now merged into and doing business as McKesson Medical-
Surgical MediMart Inc., United States v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 2:08-CV-00214-SA).  On 
December  3,  2008,  the  Company  filed  motions  to  dismiss  the  complaint  on  grounds  that  its  allegations  lack  the 
particularity  required  by  the  Federal  Rules  of  Procedure  and  on  grounds  that  the  complaint  fails  to  state  a  claim 
under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Sections 3729-33.  Briefing of the Company’s motions has been completed 
and the parties are awaiting the court’s order setting a date for oral argument. 

Between 1976 and 1987, our former McKesson Chemical Company division operated a repackaging facility in 
Santa Fe Springs, California.  We have been actively remediating the contamination at this site since 1994.  Angeles 
Chemical Company (“Angeles”) conducted similar repackaging activities at its property adjacent to the Company’s 
site between 1976 and 2000.  In late 2001, Angeles filed an action against McKesson, Angeles Chemical Company 
v.  McKesson Corporation,  et  al., (United States  District  Court  for  the Central  District  of  California  Case  No. 01-
10532-TJH) claiming that McKesson’s contamination migrated to Angeles’ property.  The causes of action in the 
current  complaint  purport  to  state  claims  based  on  the  federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, 
Compensation  and  Liability  Act  of  1980  (as  amended,  the  “Superfund”  law  or  its  state  law  equivalent)  and  the 
Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act,  as  well  as  allege  various  state  law  claims,  such  as  nuisance,  trespass, 
negligence, defamation, interference with prospective advantage, unfair business practices and for declaratory relief, 
among others.  Angeles seeks injunctive relief, as well as compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and 
costs  in  an  unspecified  amount.    We  have  answered  the  complaint,  denying  liability  and  asserting  affirmative 
defenses.  Fact and expert discovery are closed and trial has been set for October 13, 2009.   

V. Government Investigations and Subpoenas  

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  receives  subpoenas  or  requests  for  information  from  various  government 
agencies.  The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a cooperative, thorough and timely 
manner.  These responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being 
incurred  by  the  Company.    Such  subpoenas  and  requests  also  can  lead  to  the  assertion  of  claims  or  the 
commencement  of  civil  or  criminal  legal  proceedings  against  the  Company  and other members  of  the  health  care 
industry, as well as  to settlements.  Examples of such requests and subpoenas include the following: (1) we have 
responded  to  a  request  from  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  for  certain  documents  as  part  of  a  non-public 
investigation  to  determine  whether  the  Company  may  have  engaged  in  anti-competitive  practices  with  other 
wholesale  pharmaceutical  distributors  in  order  to  limit  competition  for  provider  customers  seeking  distribution 
services; (2) we have received and responded to a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General’s Office of 
the  State  of  Tennessee  apparently  in  connection  with  an  investigation  into  possible  violations  of  the  Tennessee 
Medicaid False Claims Act in connection with repackaged pharmaceuticals; (3) we have responded to a subpoena 
from  the  office  of  the  Attorney  General  of  the  State  of  New  York  requesting  documents  and  other  information 
concerning  our  participation  in  the  secondary  or  “alternative  source”  market  for  pharmaceutical  products;  (4)  we 
have received and have responded, or are in the process of responding to subpoenas and requests for information 
from a number of Offices of state Attorney Generals or other state agencies, relating to the pricing, including FDB’s 
AWPs,  for  branded  and  generic  drugs;  and  (5)  we  are  responding  to  a  subpoena,  issued  by  the  United  States 
Attorney’s  Office  (“USAO”)  in  Houston,  which  seeks  documents  relating  to  billing  and  collection  services 
performed by our subsidiary, Per-Se for certain healthcare operations associated with the University of Texas from 
2004 to the present.   

On  May  2,  2008,  we  entered  into  two  agreements  which  resolved  previously  disclosed  claims  by  the  Drug 
Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) and six USAOs that between 2005 and 2007, certain of our pharmaceutical 
distribution  centers  fulfilled  customer  orders  for  select  controlled  substances,  which  orders  were  not  adequately 
reported to the DEA.  The settlements were achieved consistent with the previously disclosed $13 million reserve 
established  for  these  matters.    These  settlements  resolve  all  administrative  and  civil  claims  arising  out  of  the 
investigations.   

110 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

As previously reported, on January 26, 2007, we acquired Per-Se, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of 
McKesson.    Prior  to  its  acquisition,  Per-Se  had  publicly  disclosed  that  in  December  2004,  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a formal order of investigation relating to accounting matters at NDCHealth 
Corporation  (“NDCHealth,”)  a  then  public  company  which  was  acquired  by  Per-Se  in  January  2006,  prior  to  our 
acquisition of Per-Se.  In March 2005, NDCHealth restated its financial statements for the fiscal years ended May 
28, 2004, May 30, 2003 and May 31, 2002 and for the fiscal quarters ended August 22, 2004 and August 29, 2005 to 
correct  errors  relating  to  certain  accounting  matters.    NDCHealth  produced  documents  to  the  SEC  and  fully 
cooperated with the SEC in its investigation.  The SEC has taken testimony from a number of current and former 
NDCHealth employees.  There has been no activity in this matter for some time and the SEC has taken no action 
against NDCHealth or its successor to date.   

VI. Environmental Matters 

Primarily as a result of the operation of our former chemical businesses, which were fully divested by 1987, we 
are  involved  in  various  matters  pursuant  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations.    We  have  received  claims  and 
demands from governmental agencies relating to investigative and remedial actions purportedly required to address 
environmental  conditions  alleged  to  exist  at  eight  sites  where  we,  or  entities  acquired  by  us,  formerly  conducted 
operations and we, by administrative order or otherwise, have agreed to take certain actions at those sites, including 
soil  and  groundwater  remediation.   In  addition, we  are one of  multiple  recipients of a  New Jersey Department  of 
Environmental Protection Agency directive and a separate United States Environmental Protection Agency directive 
relating  to  potential  natural  resources  damages  (“NRD”)  associated  with  one  of  these  eight  sites.    Although  the 
Company’s  potential  allocation  under  either  directive  cannot  be  determined  at  this  time,  we  have  agreed  to 
participate  with  a  potentially  responsible  party  (“PRP”)  group  in  the  funding of  an NRD  assessment,  the  costs  of 
which are reflected in the aggregate estimates set forth below.   

Based on a determination by our environmental staff, in consultation with outside environmental specialists and 
counsel,  the  current  estimate  of  reasonably  possible  remediation  costs  for  these  eight  sites  is  $11  million,  net  of 
approximately  $2  million  that  third  parties  have  agreed  to  pay  in  settlement  or  we  expect,  based  either  on 
agreements or nonrefundable contributions which are ongoing, to be contributed by third parties.  The $11 million is 
expected  to  be  paid  out  between  April  2009  and  March  2029.    Our  estimated  liability  for  these  environmental 
matters has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.   

In  addition,  we  have  been  designated  as  a  PRP  under  the  Superfund  law  for  environmental  assessment  and 
cleanup costs as the result of our alleged disposal of hazardous substances at 19 sites.  With respect to these sites, 
numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and while the current state of the law potentially imposes joint 
and several liability upon PRPs, as a practical matter, costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs.  Our 
estimated liability at those 19 sites is approximately $1 million.  The aggregate settlements and costs paid by us in 
Superfund  matters  to  date  have  not  been  significant.    The  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  include  this 
environmental liability.   

VII. Other Matters  

We are involved in various other litigation and governmental proceedings, not described above, that arise in the 
normal course of business.  While it is not possible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome or the duration 
of any such litigation or governmental proceedings, we believe based on current knowledge and the advice of our 
counsel that such litigation and proceedings will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of 
operations.   

19.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Each  share  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  is  permitted  one  vote  on  proposals  presented  to 
stockholders and is entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the 
“Board”).

111 

McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Share  repurchase  plans:    Stock  repurchases  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  in  open  market  or  private 

transactions.  Information regarding our share repurchase activity is as follows: 

(In millions, except price per share)
Balance, March 31, 2006
Share repurchase plans approved 

April 2006 
July 2006 

Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2007
Share repurchase plans approved

April 2007 
September 2007 
Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2008
Share repurchase plan approved

April 2008 

Shares repurchased 
Balance, March 31, 2009

Share Repurchases (1)

Total
Number of Shares 
Purchased (2) (3)

Average Price Paid 
Per Share

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Programs
1 

  $ 

20 

  $ 

51.46 

28 

  $ 

59.48 

10 

  $ 

50.52 

500 
500 
(1,001) 
- 

1,000 
1,000 
(1,686) 
314 

1,000 
(484) 
830 

(1) This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee 

stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.   

(2) All of the shares purchased were part of the publicly announced programs.   
(3) The number of shares purchased reflects rounding adjustments. 

In  July  2008,  the  Board  authorized  the  retirement  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  be 
repurchased from time to time pursuant to its stock repurchase program.  During the second quarter of 2009, all of 
the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company.  The 
retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares.  We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price 
over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  As such, $165 million was recorded as a 
decrease to retained earnings.   

20.  Related Party Balances and Transactions 

Notes receivable outstanding from certain of our current and former officers and senior managers totaled $16 
million at March 31, 2009 and 2008.  These notes related to purchases of common stock under our various employee 
stock  purchase  plans.    The  notes  bear  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  4.7%  to  7.1%  and  were  due  at  various  dates 
through February 2004.  Interest income on these notes is recognized only to the extent that cash is received.  These 
notes, which are included in other capital in the consolidated balance sheets, were issued for amounts equal to the 
market value of the stock on the date of the purchase and are at full recourse to the borrower.  At March 31, 2009, 
the  value  of  the  underlying  stock  collateral  was  $7  million.    The  collectability  of  these  notes  is  evaluated  on  an 
ongoing basis.  As a result, we recorded net credits of $2 million in 2007 based on changes in price of the underlying 
stock collateral.  At March 31, 2009 and 2008, we provided a reserve of approximately $9 million and $6 million for 
the  outstanding  notes.    Other  receivable  balances  held  with  related  parties,  consisting  of  loans  made  to  certain 
officers and senior managers and an equity-held investment, at March 31, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $1 million.   

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

We incurred $10 million in 2009 and 2008 and $8 million in 2007 of annual rental expense paid to an equity-

held investment.  In addition, in 2007 we purchased $3 million of services from an equity-held investment.   

21.  Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

(In millions) 
Cash paid for: 
Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

22.  Segments of Business 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

$ 

  $ 

139 
235 

146 
(66) 

  $ 

100 
27 

We  report  our  operations  in  two  operating  segments:  McKesson  Distribution  Solutions  and  McKesson 
Technology  Solutions.    The  factors  for  determining  the  reportable  segments  included  the  manner  in  which 
management  evaluates  the  performance  of  the  Company  combined  with  the  nature  of  the  individual  business 
activities.  We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on operating profit before interest expense, 
income taxes and results from discontinued operations.   

The  Distribution  Solutions  segment  distributes  ethical  and  proprietary  drugs,  medical-surgical  supplies  and 
equipment, and health and beauty care products throughout North America.  This segment also provides specialty 
pharmaceutical  solutions  for  biotech  and  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  sells  pharmacy  software  and  provides 
consulting, outsourcing and other services.  This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), 
one  of  the  leading  pharmaceutical  distributors  in  Mexico  and  a  39%  interest  in  Parata,  which  sells  automated 
pharmaceutical dispensing systems to retail pharmacies. 

The  Technology  Solutions  segment  delivers  enterprise-wide  clinical,  patient  care,  financial,  supply  chain, 
strategic  management  software  solutions, pharmacy  automation  for  hospitals,  as  well  as  connectivity,  outsourcing 
and  other  services,  to  healthcare  organizations.    The  segment  also  includes  our  Payor  group  of  businesses,  which 
includes  our  InterQual®,  clinical  auditing  and  compliance  software  businesses  and  our  disease  and  medical 
management  programs.    The  segment’s  customers  include  integrated  delivery  networks,  hospitals,  physician 
practices,  home  healthcare  providers,  retail  pharmacies  and  payors  from  North  America,  the  United  Kingdom, 
Ireland, other European countries, Asia Pacific and Israel.   

Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are classified in one of three categories: services, software and 
software  systems  and  hardware.    Services  revenues  primarily  include  fees  associated  with  installing  our  software 
and  software  systems,  as  well  as  revenues  associated  with  software  maintenance  and  support,  remote  processing, 
disease and medical management, and other outsourcing and professional services.  Software and software systems 
revenues  primarily  include  revenues  from  licensing  our  software  and  software  systems,  including  the  segment’s 
clinical auditing and compliance and InterQual® businesses.   

Our Corporate segment includes expenses associated with Corporate functions and projects, certain employee 
benefits  and  the  results  of  certain  joint  venture  investments.    Corporate  expenses  are  allocated  to  the  operating 
segments to the extent that these items can be directly attributable to the segment. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Financial information relating to the reportable operating segments is presented below: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
Distribution Solutions (1)

U.S. pharmaceutical direct distribution & services 
U.S. pharmaceutical sales to customers’ warehouses 

$ 

Subtotal 

Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 
Medical-Surgical distribution & services 

Total Distribution Solutions 

Technology Solutions 

Services (2)
Software and software systems 
Hardware 

Total Technology Solutions 
Total 

Operating profit (3)
Distribution Solutions (4)
Technology Solutions (2)

$ 

$ 

Total 
Corporate 
Litigation credits 
Interest expense 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes  $ 
Depreciation and amortization (5)
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

$ 

$ 

Expenditures for long-lived assets (6)
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Corporate 
Total 

Segment assets, at year end 
Distribution Solutions 
Technology Solutions 
Total 
Corporate
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2009 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

2007 

66,876 
25,809 
92,685 
8,225 
2,658 
103,568 

2,337 
572 
155 
3,064 
106,632 

1,158 
334 
1,492 
(284) 
- 
(144) 
1,064 

177 
205 
59 
441 

83 
43 
69 
195 

18,674 
3,606 
22,280 

2,109 
878 
25,267 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

60,436 
27,668 
88,104 
8,106 
2,509 
98,719 

2,240 
591 
153 
2,984 
101,703 

1,483 
319 
1,802 
(208) 
5 
(142) 
1,457 

144 
180 
47 
371 

96 
54 
45 
195 

18,382 
3,797 
22,179 

1,362 
1,062 
24,603 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

54,127 
27,555 
81,682 
6,692 
2,364 
90,738 

1,537 
536 
166 
2,239 
92,977 

1,395 
206 
1,601 
(211) 
6 
(99) 
1,297 

126 
123 
46 
295 

57 
42 
27 
126 

16,429 
3,642 
20,071 

1,954 
1,918 
23,943 

(1) Revenues derived from services represent less than 1% of this segment’s total revenues for 2009, 2008 and 2007.   
(2) Revenues  and  operating  profit  for  2008  for  our  Technology  Solutions  segment  reflect  the  recognition  of  $21  million  of 
disease  management  deferred  revenues  for  which  expenses  associated  with  these  revenues  were  previously  recognized  as 
incurred. 

(3) Operating profit includes $7 million, $21 million and $23 million of net earnings from equity investments in 2009, 2008 and 

2007.  These earnings are primarily recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.   

(4) Operating  profit  includes  the  following  pre-tax  items:  a  $63 million  charge  to  write-down  two  equity-held  investments,  a 
$493  million  charge  associated  with  the  AWP  Litigation  and  a  $24  million  pre-tax  gain  on  the  sale  of  our  42%  equity 
interest in Verispan.   

(5) Depreciation  and  amortization  includes  amortization  of  intangibles,  capitalized  software  held  for  sale  and  capitalized 

software for internal use. 

(6) Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment. 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 

Revenues and property, plant and equipment by geographic areas were as follows: 

(In millions) 
Revenues 
United States 
International 

Total 

Property, plant and equipment, net, at year end 
United States 
International 

Total 

2009 

98,194 
8,438 
106,632 

719 
77 
796 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended March 31, 
2008 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

93,389 
8,314 
101,703 

695 
80 
775 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2007 

86,026 
6,951 
92,977 

606 
78 
684 

International  operations  primarily  consist  of  our  operations  in  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  other 
European  countries,  Asia  Pacific  and  Israel.    We  also  have  an  equity-held  investment  (Nadro)  in  Mexico.    Net 
revenues were attributed to geographic areas based on the customers’ shipment locations. 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McKESSON CORPORATION 

FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded)

23.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal 2009 
Revenues
Gross profit
Net income (1)(2)(3)(4)
Earnings per common share (1)(2)(3)(4) 

$ 

Diluted 
Basic 

Cash dividends per common share  $ 
Market prices per common share 

High 
Low 

Fiscal 2008 
Revenues  
Gross profit  
Income after income taxes 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Earnings per common share 

Diluted 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

Basic

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Cash dividends per common share  $ 
Market prices per common share 

First
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter  

Year 

26,704 
1,268 
235 

  $ 

26,574 
1,302 
327 

  $ 

26,224 
1,465 
281 

  $  106,632 
5,378 
823 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

27,130 
1,343 
(20) 

(0.07) 
(0.07) 

1.01 
1.03 

2.95 
2.99 

0.48 

0.12 

  $ 

0.12 

  $ 

52.55 
28.60 

26,494 
1,204 

201 
- 
201 

0.68 
- 
0.68 

0.69 
- 
0.69 

0.06 

68.43 
56.30 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

45.80 
34.77 

  $ 

58.85 
28.60 

26,231 
1,447 

  $  101,703 
5,009 

305 
2 
307 

1.04 
0.01 
1.05 

1.07 
0.01 
1.08 

0.06 

68.40 
51.08 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

989 
1 
990 

3.32 
- 
3.32 

3.40 
- 
3.40 

0.24 

68.43 
51.08 

0.83 
0.85 

0.12 

58.78 
51.96 

24,528 
1,177 

236 
(1) 
235 

0.77 
- 
0.77 

0.79 
- 
0.79 

0.06 

1.17 
1.19 

0.12 

58.85 
52.32 

24,450 
1,181 

247 
- 
247 

0.83 
- 
0.83 

0.85 
- 
0.85 

0.06 

62.01 
53.45 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

High 
Low 

$ 

63.90 
57.72 

(1) Financial results for the second quarter and full year 2009 include a $24 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) on sale 

of our 42% interest in Verispan. 

(2) Financial results for the second and fourth quarters and full year 2009 include $67 million, $22 million and $89 million of 
income tax credits related to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related interest expense as a result 
of the lapsing of the statutes of limitations. 

(3) Financial  results  for  the  third  quarter  and  full  year  2009  include  a  $493  million  pre-tax  charge  ($311  million  after-taxes) 

associated with the AWP Litigation.   

(4) Financial  results  for  the  fourth  quarter  and  full  year  2009  include  a  $63  million  pre-tax  impairment  charge  ($60  million 

after-taxes) associated with two equity-held investments. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, John H. Hammergren, certify that:  

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:   

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I  have disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 5, 2009 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Jeffrey C. Campbell, certify that:  

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:   

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the 
period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;  

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I  have disclosed, based  on our  most  recent  evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: May 5, 2009 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In connection with the annual report of McKesson Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March  31,  2009  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  the 
undersigned, in the capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge: 

1. The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section 13(a)  or 15(d)  of  the Securities  Exchange  Act of 

1934; and 

2. The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

/s/ John H. Hammergren 
John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
May 5, 2009 

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Jeffrey C. Campbell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
May 5, 2009 

This  certification  accompanies  the  Report  pursuant  to  §  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  and  shall  not, 
except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for the purposes 
of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to McKesson Corporation and 
will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Supplemental Information 

GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation 

Appendix A

A  reconciliation  between  our  net  income  per  share  reported  under  accounting  standards  generally  accepted  in  the 
United States (“GAAP”) and our earnings per diluted share, excluding adjustments for the litigation charge (credit) 
is as follows: 

Years Ended March 31, 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Net income (loss), as reported 
Exclude:

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

$

823

$

990

$

913

$ 

751  $ 

(157)

Litigation charge (credit), net 
Estimated income tax expense (benefit), 

net 

Income tax reserve reversal 
Litigation charge (credit), net  of tax 

493

(182)
-
311

(5)

2
-
(3)

(6)

2
(83)
(87)

45 

1,200

(15)   
- 
30 

(390)
-
810

Net income, excluding litigation charge 

(credit) 

Diluted earnings per common share, 

excluding litigation charge (credit) (1) 

Shares on which diluted earnings per 

common share, excluding the litigation 
charge (credit), were based 

$

$

1,134

$

987

$

826

$ 

781  $ 

653

4.07 $

3.31 $

2.71

$ 

2.48  $ 

2.19

279

298

305

316 

301

(1) For  FY  2006 and  FY  2005, interest  expense,  net  of  related  income  taxes,  of  $1,000,000  and  $6,000,000,  has 
been added to net income, excluding the litigation charges, for purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share.  
This  calculation  also  includes  the  impact of  dilutive  securities  (stock  options,  convertible  junior  subordinated 
debentures and restricted stock). 

These pro forma amounts are non-GAAP financial measures.  We use these measures internally when assessing 
the performance of the organization, our operating segments and our senior management team, and consider these 
results to be useful to investors as they provide relevant benchmarks of core operating performance. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Positioned for Continued Success

McKesson Corporation

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 CORPORATE OFFICERS

COMMON STOCK

John H. Hammergren
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey C. Campbell
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

Jorge L. Figueredo
Executive Vice President, 
Human Resources

Paul C. Julian
Executive Vice President,
Group President

Nicholas A. Loiacono
Vice President and Treasurer

Marc E. Owen
Executive Vice President,
Corporate Strategy and 
Business Development

Nigel A. Rees
Vice President and Controller

Laureen E. Seeger
Executive Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Randall N. Spratt
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer and
Chief Technology Officer 

McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock
Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables 
carried by most newspapers.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

BNY MELLON Shareowner Services, 480 Washington Boulevard, Newport
Office Center VII, 29th Floor, Jersey City, NJ 07310 acts as transfer agent,
registrar, dividend-paying agent, and dividend reinvestment plan agent
for McKesson Corporation stock and maintains all registered stockholder
records for the Company. For information about McKesson Corporation
stock or to request replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certificates,
or 1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend check deposited directly into 
your checking or savings account, stockholders may call BNY MELLON
Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 216-0306,
weekdays 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., ET. For the hearing impaired call 
(888) 269-5221. BNY MELLON Shareowner Services also has a Web site
that stockholders may use 24 hours a day to request account information:
http://www.melloninvestor.com/isd

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, April,
July, and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan
offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common
stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in an
individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan is held in book entry at the
Company’s transfer agent, BNY MELLON Shareowner Services. For more
information, or to request an enrollment form, call BNY MELLON
Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 216-0306.
From outside the United States, call +1-212-815-3700.

ANNUAL MEETING

McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held 
at 8:30 a.m., PDT, on Wednesday, July 22, 2009, at the A.P. Giannini
Auditorium, 555 California Street, San Francisco, California.

John H. Hammergren 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer, 
McKesson Corporation

  Andy D. Bryant
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Administrative Officer,
Intel Corporation

Wayne A. Budd
Senior Counsel,
Goodwin Proctor LLP

Alton F. Irby III
Chairman and Founding Partner,
London Bay Capital

M. Christine Jacobs
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer,
Theragenics Corporation

Marie L. Knowles
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer, Retired,
Atlantic Richfield Company

David M. Lawrence, M.D. 
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer, Retired, Kaiser
Foundation Health Plan, Inc., 
and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals  

Edward A. Mueller
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer, 
Qwest Communications
International Inc.

James V. Napier
Chairman of the Board, Retired,
Scientific-Atlanta, Inc.

Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer, Retired,
Aerogen, Inc. 

The coming years will bring significant change to

healthcare, and we are uniquely positioned to make 

a difference while creating superior results for our

customers, our suppliers, and our stockholders.

FINANCIAL RESULTS

REVENUES ( in billions)

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE*

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

$106.6

2009

$4.07

$101.7

2008

$3.31

$93.0

2007

$2.71

$87.0

2006

$2.48

$79.1

2005

$2.19

* Diluted earnings per share excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits). For supplemental

financial data and corresponding reconciliations to accounting standards generally accepted in the

United States (“GAAP”), see Appendix A to our 2009 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be

viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with

GAAP.

Annual Report

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009

McKesson Corporation
One Post Street
San Francisco, CA 94104  

www.mckesson.com

© 2009 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved. CORP-02161-06-09